|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
|
54 };
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
57 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
58 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
59 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
65 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
66 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
67 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
68 #endif
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
70 /*
|
|
|
71 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
72 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
73 */
|
|
|
74 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
75 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
76 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
77 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
78 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
79
|
|
|
80 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
81 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
82 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
83 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
84 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
85 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
86 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
87 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
88 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
90 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
91 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
92 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
93 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
94 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
95 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
96 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
97 # endif
|
|
|
98 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
99 #endif
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /*
|
|
|
102 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
103 */
|
|
|
104 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
110 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
111 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
112 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
113 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
121 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
125 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
126 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
127 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
128 * end patterns.
|
|
|
129 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
130 *
|
|
|
131 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
132 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
133 */
|
|
|
134 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
135 {
|
|
|
136 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
137 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
138 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
139 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
140 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
141 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
142 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
143 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
144 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
145 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
146 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
147 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
148 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
149 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
150 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
151 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
153 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
154 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
155 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
156 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
157 */
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
159 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
160 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
161 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
162 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
165 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
166 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
167 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
179 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
180 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
182 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 /*
|
|
|
189 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
190 */
|
|
|
191 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
192 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 /*
|
|
|
199 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
200 */
|
|
|
201 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
202 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
203 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
204 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
221
|
207 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
210 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
211 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
212 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
213
|
|
|
214 /*
|
|
|
215 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
216 */
|
|
|
217 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
218 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
219 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
220
|
|
221
|
221 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
222
|
|
|
223 /*
|
|
|
224 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
225 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
226 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
227 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
228 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
229 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
230 */
|
|
|
231 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
232 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
233 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
234 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 /*
|
|
|
237 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
238 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
239 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
240 */
|
|
|
241 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 /*
|
|
|
244 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
245 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
246 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
247 */
|
|
|
248 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
249 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 /*
|
|
134
|
252 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
253 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
254 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
255 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
256 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
257 */
|
|
|
258 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
259 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
260 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
261 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 /*
|
|
7
|
264 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
265 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
266 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
267 */
|
|
|
268 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 /*
|
|
|
271 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
272 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
273 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
274 */
|
|
|
275 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
276 {
|
|
|
277 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
278 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
279 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
280 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
281 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
282 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
283 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
284 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
285 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
286 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
287 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
288 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
289 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
290 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
291 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
292 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
293 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
294 * pattern */
|
|
|
295 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
298 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
299 but contained groups */
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
301 /*
|
|
154
|
302 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
303 * very often.
|
|
|
304 */
|
|
|
305 typedef struct
|
|
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
308 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
309 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
310 if not allowed */
|
|
|
311 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
312 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
313 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
314 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
315 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 /*
|
|
7
|
318 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
319 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
320 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
321 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
322 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
323 */
|
|
|
324 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
325 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
326 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
327 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
328 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
329 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
331 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
332 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
333 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
337 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
338 */
|
|
|
339 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
340 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 /*
|
|
|
343 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
344 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
345 */
|
|
|
346 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
347 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
348 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
349 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
350 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
351 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
352 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
353 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
354 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
355 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
356 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
357 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
362 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
363 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
364 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
365 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
366 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
367 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
368 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
369 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
370 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
371 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
372 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
373 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
374 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
221
|
375 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
7
|
376 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
377 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
378 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
379 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
380 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
381 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
382 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
383 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
384 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
385 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
388 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
389 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
392 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
393 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
394 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
395 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
396 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
397 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
398 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
419
|
399 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
7
|
400 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
402 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
403 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
405 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
417 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
418 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
419 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
420 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
421 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
422 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
423 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
424 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
425 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
426 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
427 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
428 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
429 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
430 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
431 #else
|
|
|
432 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
433 #endif
|
|
|
434 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
435 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
436 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
437 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
438 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
439 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
440 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
441 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
442 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
443 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
444 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /*
|
|
|
447 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
448 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
449 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
450 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
451 * window.
|
|
|
452 */
|
|
|
453 void
|
|
|
454 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
455 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
456 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
457 {
|
|
|
458 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
459 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
460 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
461 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
462 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
463 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
464 int dist;
|
|
26
|
465 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
466
|
|
|
467 /*
|
|
|
468 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
469 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
470 * then.
|
|
7
|
471 */
|
|
26
|
472 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
473 {
|
|
|
474 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
475 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
26
|
477 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
478 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /*
|
|
|
481 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
482 */
|
|
|
483 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
484 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
485 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
486 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
488 /*
|
|
|
489 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
490 */
|
|
|
491 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
492 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
493 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
496 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
499 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
500 }
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 /*
|
|
|
503 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
504 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
505 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
506 */
|
|
|
507 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
508 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
509 }
|
|
|
510 else
|
|
|
511 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 /*
|
|
|
514 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
515 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
|
519 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
520 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
521 {
|
|
|
522 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
523 break;
|
|
|
524 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
525 {
|
|
|
526 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
527 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
528 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
529 }
|
|
|
530 }
|
|
|
531 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
532 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /*
|
|
|
536 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
537 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
538 */
|
|
|
539 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
540 {
|
|
|
541 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
542 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
543 }
|
|
|
544 else
|
|
|
545 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 /*
|
|
|
548 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
549 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
550 */
|
|
|
551 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
552 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
553 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
554 {
|
|
|
555 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
556 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
557 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
559 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
560 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
561 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
564 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
565 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
566 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
567 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
568 else
|
|
|
569 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
570 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
571 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
572 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
573 {
|
|
|
574 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
575 prev = sp;
|
|
|
576 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
577 {
|
|
|
578 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
579 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
580 prev = sp;
|
|
|
581 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
582 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
583 break;
|
|
|
584 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
585 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
586 }
|
|
|
587 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
588 }
|
|
|
589 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
590 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
591 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
592 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
593 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
594 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
595 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
599 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
600 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
601 if (got_int)
|
|
|
602 {
|
|
|
603 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
604 break;
|
|
|
605 }
|
|
|
606 }
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
609 }
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /*
|
|
|
612 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
613 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
614 */
|
|
|
615 static void
|
|
|
616 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
617 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
618 {
|
|
|
619 int i;
|
|
|
620 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
623 {
|
|
|
624 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
625 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
626 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
627 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
628 }
|
|
|
629 else
|
|
|
630 {
|
|
|
631 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
632 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634 }
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 /*
|
|
|
637 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
638 */
|
|
|
639 static void
|
|
|
640 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
641 {
|
|
|
642 int i;
|
|
|
643 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
646 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
647 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
648 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
649 }
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 /*
|
|
|
652 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
653 *
|
|
|
654 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
655 * used:
|
|
|
656 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
657 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
658 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
659 */
|
|
|
660 static void
|
|
|
661 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
662 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
663 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
664 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
665 {
|
|
|
666 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
667 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
668 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
669 int idx;
|
|
|
670 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
671 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
672 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
673 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
674 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
675 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
676 char_u *line;
|
|
|
677 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
678 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
679 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
680 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
681 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
442
|
682 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
683
|
|
|
684 /*
|
|
|
685 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
686 */
|
|
|
687 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 /*
|
|
|
690 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
691 * there.
|
|
|
692 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
693 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
694 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
695 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
696 */
|
|
|
697 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
698 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
699 else
|
|
|
700 {
|
|
|
701 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
702 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
703 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
704 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
705 else
|
|
|
706 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
707 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
708 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
709 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
710 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
711 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
712 else
|
|
|
713 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
714 }
|
|
|
715 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
717 /*
|
|
|
718 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
719 */
|
|
|
720 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
723 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
724 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
725 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
726 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
727 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
731 */
|
|
|
732 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
735 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
736 break;
|
|
|
737 }
|
|
|
738 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
741 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
742 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
743 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
745 /*
|
|
|
746 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
747 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
748 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
749 */
|
|
|
750 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
751 {
|
|
|
752 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
753 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
754 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
755 {
|
|
|
756 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
757 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
758 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
759 break;
|
|
|
760 }
|
|
|
761 }
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
764 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
765 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
766 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 /*
|
|
|
770 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
771 */
|
|
|
772 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
775 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
776 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
777 else
|
|
|
778 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
781 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
782 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
785 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
786 if (got_int)
|
|
|
787 {
|
|
|
788 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
789 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
790 break;
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
794 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
795 {
|
|
|
796 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
797 break;
|
|
|
798 }
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 /*
|
|
|
801 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
802 */
|
|
|
803 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
804 continue;
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 /*
|
|
|
807 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
808 */
|
|
|
809 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
812 {
|
|
|
813 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
814 for (;;)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
817 /*
|
|
|
818 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
819 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
820 */
|
|
|
821 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
822 {
|
|
|
823 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
824 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
827 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
828 break;
|
|
|
829 }
|
|
|
830 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
831 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
832 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
833 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
834 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
835 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
836 /*
|
|
|
837 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
838 * match).
|
|
|
839 */
|
|
|
840 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
841 {
|
|
|
842 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
843 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
844 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
845 break;
|
|
|
846 }
|
|
|
847 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
848 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
849 else
|
|
|
850 ++current_col;
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
442
|
853 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
|
854 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
|
855 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
856 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
857 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
858 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
859 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 else
|
|
|
862 break;
|
|
|
863 }
|
|
|
864 }
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
866 /*
|
|
|
867 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
868 */
|
|
|
869 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
870 {
|
|
|
871 /*
|
|
|
872 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
873 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
874 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
877 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
878 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
879 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 /*
|
|
|
882 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
883 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
884 * the next line.
|
|
|
885 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
886 */
|
|
|
887 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
888 {
|
|
|
889 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
890 {
|
|
|
891 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
892 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
893 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
894 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
895 check_keepend();
|
|
|
896 }
|
|
|
897 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
898 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
899 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
900 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
901 }
|
|
|
902 else
|
|
|
903 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906 }
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
908 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
909 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
910 }
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
913 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
914 {
|
|
|
915 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
916 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
917 }
|
|
|
918 }
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 /*
|
|
|
924 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
925 */
|
|
|
926 static int
|
|
|
927 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
928 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
933 {
|
|
|
934 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
935 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
936 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
937 }
|
|
|
938 return FALSE;
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 /*
|
|
|
942 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
943 */
|
|
|
944 static void
|
|
|
945 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
946 {
|
|
|
947 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
948 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 /*
|
|
|
951 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
952 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
953 */
|
|
|
954 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
955 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
958 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 /*
|
|
|
962 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
963 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
964 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
965 */
|
|
|
966 static void
|
|
|
967 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
968 int startofline;
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
|
970 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
971 int i;
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 if (startofline)
|
|
|
974 {
|
|
|
975 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
976 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
977 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
978 {
|
|
|
979 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
980 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
981 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
982 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
983 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
984 {
|
|
|
985 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
986 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
987 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
988 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
989 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
990 }
|
|
|
991 }
|
|
|
992 }
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 /*
|
|
|
995 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
996 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
997 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
998 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
999 */
|
|
|
1000 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1001 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1002 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1003 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1004 break;
|
|
|
1005 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1006 {
|
|
|
1007 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1008 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
1009 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1010 {
|
|
|
1011 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1012 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1015 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
1016 }
|
|
|
1017 }
|
|
|
1018 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1019 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1020 }
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 /****************************************
|
|
|
1023 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1024 */
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
1026 /*
|
|
|
1027 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1028 *
|
|
|
1029 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1030 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1031 *
|
|
|
1032 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1033 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1034 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1035 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1036 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1037 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1038 *
|
|
|
1039 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1040 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1041 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1042 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1043 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1044 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1045 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1046 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1047 *
|
|
|
1048 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1049 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1050 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1051 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1052 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1053 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1054 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1055 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1056 */
|
|
|
1057
|
|
|
1058 /*
|
|
|
1059 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1060 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1061 */
|
|
|
1062 void
|
|
|
1063 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1064 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1065 {
|
|
|
1066 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1067 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1070 {
|
|
|
1071 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1072 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1073 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1074 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1075 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1076 }
|
|
|
1077 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1078 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1079 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1080 {
|
|
|
1081 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1082 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1083 }
|
|
|
1084 #endif
|
|
|
1085 }
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 /*
|
|
|
1088 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1089 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1090 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1091 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1092 */
|
|
|
1093 static void
|
|
|
1094 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1095 {
|
|
|
1096 long len;
|
|
|
1097 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1098 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1101 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1102 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1103 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1104 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1105 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1106 {
|
|
|
1107 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1108 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1109 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1110 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1111 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1112 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1113 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1116 {
|
|
|
1117 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1118 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1119 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1120 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1121 ;
|
|
|
1122 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1123 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1127 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1128 return;
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1131 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1132 {
|
|
|
1133 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1134 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1135 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1136 {
|
|
|
1137 ++to;
|
|
|
1138 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1139 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1143 {
|
|
|
1144 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1145 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1146 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1147 }
|
|
|
1148 else
|
|
|
1149 {
|
|
|
1150 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1151 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1152 }
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1155 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1156 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1157 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1158 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1161 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1162 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1163 }
|
|
|
1164 }
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 /*
|
|
|
1167 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1168 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1169 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1170 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172 void
|
|
|
1173 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1174 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1175 {
|
|
|
1176 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1177 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1180 return;
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1183 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
383
|
1185 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1186 {
|
|
|
1187 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1188 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1189 {
|
|
|
1190 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1191 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1192 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1193 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1194 else
|
|
|
1195 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1196 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1197 p = np;
|
|
|
1198 continue;
|
|
|
1199 }
|
|
|
1200 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1201 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1202 * again. */
|
|
|
1203 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1206 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1207 else
|
|
|
1208 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1209 }
|
|
|
1210 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1211 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1212 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 prev = p;
|
|
|
1217 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1218 }
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 /*
|
|
|
1222 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1223 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1224 */
|
|
|
1225 static int
|
|
|
1226 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1227 {
|
|
|
1228 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1229 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1230 int above;
|
|
|
1231 int dist;
|
|
|
1232 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1235 return retval;
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1238 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 /*
|
|
|
1241 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1242 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1243 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1244 */
|
|
|
1245 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1246 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1247 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1248 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1249 {
|
|
|
1250 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1253 {
|
|
|
1254 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1255 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1256 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1259 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261 }
|
|
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 /*
|
|
|
1264 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1265 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1266 */
|
|
|
1267 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1268 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1269 {
|
|
|
1270 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1271 {
|
|
|
1272 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1273 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1274 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1275 p = prev;
|
|
|
1276 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1277 }
|
|
|
1278 }
|
|
|
1279 return retval;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 /*
|
|
|
1283 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1284 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1285 */
|
|
|
1286 static void
|
|
|
1287 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1288 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1289 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1290 {
|
|
|
1291 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1292 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1293 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1294 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1295 }
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 /*
|
|
|
1298 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1299 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1300 */
|
|
|
1301 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1302 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1303 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1304 {
|
|
|
1305 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1308 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1309 {
|
|
|
1310 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1311 return p;
|
|
|
1312 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1313 break;
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315 return prev;
|
|
|
1316 }
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 /*
|
|
|
1319 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1320 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1321 */
|
|
|
1322 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1323 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1324 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1325 NULL */
|
|
|
1326 {
|
|
|
1327 int i;
|
|
|
1328 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1329 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1330 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1333 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 /*
|
|
|
1336 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1337 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1338 */
|
|
|
1339 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1340 {
|
|
|
1341 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1342 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1343 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1344 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1345 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1346 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1347 break;
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1352 {
|
|
|
1353 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1354 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1355 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1356 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1357 else
|
|
|
1358 {
|
|
|
1359 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1360 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1361 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1362 break;
|
|
|
1363 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1366 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1367 }
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1370 {
|
|
|
1371 /*
|
|
|
1372 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1373 */
|
|
|
1374 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1375 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1376 {
|
|
|
1377 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1378 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1379 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1380 }
|
|
|
1381 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1382 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1383 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1384 else
|
|
|
1385 {
|
|
|
1386 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1387 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1388 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1389 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1390 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1391 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1392 {
|
|
|
1393 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1394 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1395 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1396 }
|
|
|
1397 else
|
|
|
1398 {
|
|
|
1399 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1400 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1401 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 sp = p;
|
|
|
1404 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1405 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1409 {
|
|
|
1410 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1411 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1412 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1413 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1414 {
|
|
|
1415 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1416 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1417 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1418 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1419 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1420 else
|
|
|
1421 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1422 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1423 }
|
|
|
1424 else
|
|
|
1425 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1426 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1429 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1430 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1433 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1434 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1435 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1438 return sp;
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 static void
|
|
|
1445 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1446 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
|
1448 int i;
|
|
|
1449 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1452 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1453 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1454 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1455 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1456 {
|
|
|
1457 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1458 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1459 else
|
|
|
1460 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1461 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1462 {
|
|
|
1463 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1464 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1465 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1466 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1467 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1468 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1469 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1470 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1471 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1472 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1473 else
|
|
|
1474 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1475 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1476 }
|
|
|
1477 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1480 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1481 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1482 }
|
|
|
1483
|
|
|
1484 /*
|
|
|
1485 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1486 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 static int
|
|
|
1489 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1490 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1491 {
|
|
|
1492 int i, j;
|
|
|
1493 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1494 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1497 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1498 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1499 {
|
|
|
1500 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1501 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1502 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1503 else
|
|
|
1504 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1507 {
|
|
|
1508 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1509 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1510 break;
|
|
|
1511 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1512 {
|
|
|
1513 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1514 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1515 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1516 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1517 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1518 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1519 * different. */
|
|
|
1520 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1521 break;
|
|
|
1522 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1525 * equal. */
|
|
|
1526 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1527 {
|
|
|
1528 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1529 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1530 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1531 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1532 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1533 break;
|
|
|
1534 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1535 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1536 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1537 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1538 break;
|
|
|
1539 }
|
|
|
1540 }
|
|
|
1541 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1542 break;
|
|
|
1543 }
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1546 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1553 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1554 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1555 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1556 * line which changed
|
|
|
1557 * displayed line
|
|
|
1558 * displayed line
|
|
|
1559 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1560 */
|
|
|
1561 void
|
|
|
1562 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1563 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1568 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1569 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1572 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1577 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 static void
|
|
|
1580 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1583 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1584 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1585 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 static void
|
|
|
1589 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1592 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 /*
|
|
|
1596 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1597 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1598 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1599 */
|
|
|
1600 int
|
|
|
1601 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1602 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1603 {
|
|
|
1604 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1605 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 /*
|
|
|
1608 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1609 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1610 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1611 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1612 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1613 */
|
|
|
1614 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1615 {
|
|
|
1616 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1617 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 /*
|
|
|
1620 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1621 * drawn)
|
|
|
1622 */
|
|
|
1623 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 /*
|
|
|
1626 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1627 * the line.
|
|
|
1628 */
|
|
|
1629 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1630 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 /*
|
|
|
1633 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1634 */
|
|
|
1635 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1636 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1637 }
|
|
|
1638 }
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 return retval;
|
|
|
1641 }
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 /*
|
|
|
1644 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1645 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1646 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1647 * is valid.
|
|
|
1648 */
|
|
|
1649 static int
|
|
|
1650 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1651 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1652 {
|
|
|
1653 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
442
|
1654 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
221
|
1660 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
1661 /*
|
|
|
1662 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1663 */
|
|
|
1664 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1665 {
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1670 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1671 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1672 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1673 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
442
|
1676 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
|
1677 * past the NUL. */
|
|
|
1678 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
1679 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1680 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
1681 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
1682 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1683 }
|
|
|
1684 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686 }
|
|
|
1687 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /*
|
|
|
1691 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1692 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1693 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1694 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1695 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1696 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1697 * done.
|
|
7
|
1698 */
|
|
|
1699 int
|
|
221
|
1700 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1701 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1702 int *can_spell;
|
|
7
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1707 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1708 return 0;
|
|
|
1709
|
|
419
|
1710 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
|
431
|
1711 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
|
419
|
1712 {
|
|
|
1713 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1714 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1715 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
1716 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1717 #endif
|
|
|
1718 return 0;
|
|
|
1719 }
|
|
|
1720
|
|
7
|
1721 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1722 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1723 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 /*
|
|
|
1726 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1727 */
|
|
|
1728 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1729 {
|
|
221
|
1730 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
7
|
1731 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1732 }
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 return attr;
|
|
|
1735 }
|
|
|
1736
|
|
|
1737 /*
|
|
|
1738 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1739 */
|
|
|
1740 static int
|
|
221
|
1741 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1742 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1743 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1744 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
1745 {
|
|
|
1746 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1747 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1748 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1749 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1750 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1751 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1752 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1753 int idx;
|
|
|
1754 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1755 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1756 int startcol;
|
|
|
1757 int endcol;
|
|
|
1758 long flags;
|
|
|
1759 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1760 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1761 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1762 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1763 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1764 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1765 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1766 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1767 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1768 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1771 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1772 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1773 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /*
|
|
|
1776 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1777 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1778 */
|
|
|
1779 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1780 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 /*
|
|
|
1783 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1784 */
|
|
|
1785 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1786 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1787 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1788
|
|
|
1789 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1790 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1791 return 0;
|
|
|
1792 }
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1795 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1796 {
|
|
|
1797 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1798 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 /*
|
|
|
1802 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1803 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1804 * the next column.
|
|
|
1805 */
|
|
|
1806 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
|
1808 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1809 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1810 }
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1813 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1814 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1815 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1818 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1819 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1820
|
|
|
1821 /*
|
|
|
1822 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1823 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1824 * column.
|
|
|
1825 */
|
|
|
1826 do
|
|
|
1827 {
|
|
|
1828 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1829 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1830 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 /*
|
|
|
1833 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1834 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1835 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1836 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1837 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1838 */
|
|
|
1839 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1840 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1841 else
|
|
|
1842 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1845 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
|
1847 /*
|
|
|
1848 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1849 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1850 */
|
|
|
1851 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1852 {
|
|
|
1853 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1854 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1855 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1856 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1857 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1858 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1859 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1860 : 0)
|
|
|
1861 #endif
|
|
|
1862 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1863 {
|
|
|
1864 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1865 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1866 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1867 {
|
|
|
1868 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1869 {
|
|
|
1870 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1871 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1872 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1873 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1874 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1875 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1876 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1877 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1878 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1879 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1880 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1881 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1882 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1883 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1886 {
|
|
|
1887 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1888 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1889 }
|
|
|
1890 else
|
|
|
1891 {
|
|
|
1892 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1893 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1894 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1895 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1896 }
|
|
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898 else
|
|
|
1899 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1900 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1901 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1902 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1903 }
|
|
|
1904 else
|
|
|
1905 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1906 }
|
|
|
1907 }
|
|
|
1908 }
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 /*
|
|
205
|
1911 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1912 */
|
|
|
1913 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1914 {
|
|
|
1915 /*
|
|
|
1916 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1917 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1918 */
|
|
|
1919 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1920 {
|
|
|
1921 /*
|
|
|
1922 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1923 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1924 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1925 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1926 */
|
|
|
1927 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1928 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1929 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1932 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1933 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1934 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1935 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1936 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1937 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1938 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1939 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1940 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1941 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1942 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1943 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1944 {
|
|
|
1945 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1946 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1947 * this item. */
|
|
|
1948 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1949 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1950 continue;
|
|
|
1951 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1952
|
|
|
1953 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1954 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1955 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1956
|
|
|
1957 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1958 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1959 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1960 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1961 {
|
|
|
1962 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1963 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1964 continue;
|
|
|
1965 }
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 /*
|
|
|
1968 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1969 */
|
|
|
1970 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1971 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1972 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1975 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1976 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1977 continue;
|
|
|
1978 }
|
|
|
1979 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1982 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1983 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 /*
|
|
|
1986 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1987 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1988 */
|
|
|
1989 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1990 continue;
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 /*
|
|
|
1993 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1994 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
1995 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
1996 */
|
|
|
1997 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
1998 {
|
|
|
1999 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2000 continue;
|
|
|
2001 }
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2004 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
2007 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2008 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2011 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2012 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2013 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 /*
|
|
|
2016 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2017 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2018 */
|
|
|
2019 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2020 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2021 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2024 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2025 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2026 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2027 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 /*
|
|
|
2030 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2031 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2032 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2033 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2034 */
|
|
|
2035 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2036 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2037 {
|
|
|
2038 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2041 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2042 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2043 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2044 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2045 }
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 /*
|
|
|
2048 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2049 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2050 * syncing.
|
|
|
2051 */
|
|
|
2052 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2053 {
|
|
|
2054 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2055 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2056 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2057 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2058 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2059 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2060 {
|
|
|
2061 /*
|
|
|
2062 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2063 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2064 */
|
|
|
2065 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2066 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2067 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2068 continue;
|
|
|
2069 }
|
|
|
2070 }
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 /*
|
|
|
2073 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2074 */
|
|
|
2075 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2076 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2077 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2078 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2079 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2080 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2083 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2084 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2085 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2086 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2087 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2088 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2089 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2090 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2091 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2092 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2093 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2094 }
|
|
|
2095 }
|
|
|
2096 }
|
|
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 /*
|
|
|
2099 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2100 */
|
|
|
2101 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2102 {
|
|
|
2103 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2104
|
|
|
2105 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2106 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2107 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2108 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2109 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2110 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2111 {
|
|
|
2112 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2113 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2114 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2115 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2118 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2119 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2120 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2121 {
|
|
|
2122 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2123 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2124 }
|
|
|
2125 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2126 }
|
|
|
2127 else
|
|
|
2128 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2129 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2130 }
|
|
|
2131 }
|
|
|
2132 }
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 /*
|
|
|
2135 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2136 */
|
|
|
2137 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
|
2139 /*
|
|
|
2140 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2141 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2142 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2143 */
|
|
|
2144 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2145 {
|
|
|
2146 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2147 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2148 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2149 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2150 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2151 break;
|
|
|
2152 }
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 /*
|
|
|
2155 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2156 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2157 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2158 * match.
|
|
|
2159 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2160 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2161 */
|
|
|
2162 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2163 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2164 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2165 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2166 }
|
|
|
2167
|
|
|
2168 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 /*
|
|
|
2171 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2172 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2173 */
|
|
|
2174 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2175 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2176 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2177 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2178 #endif
|
|
|
2179 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2180 {
|
|
221
|
2181 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2182 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2183 #endif
|
|
7
|
2184 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
|
2186 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2187 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2188 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2189 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2190 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2191 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2192 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2193 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2196 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2197 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2198 #endif
|
|
7
|
2199 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2200 break;
|
|
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202 }
|
|
|
2203
|
|
221
|
2204 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 /*
|
|
|
2209 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2210 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2211 */
|
|
|
2212 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2213 {
|
|
320
|
2214 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2215 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2216 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2217 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
|
227
|
2218 else
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
|
2220 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2221 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2222 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2223 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2224 }
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
221
|
2226 else
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
320
|
2228 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
419
|
2229 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
|
2230 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
|
2231 * was used. */
|
|
320
|
2232 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2233 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
320
|
2234 else
|
|
|
2235 {
|
|
|
2236 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2237 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2238 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2239 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2242 {
|
|
|
2243 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2244 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2245 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2246 }
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
221
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251
|
|
7
|
2252 /*
|
|
|
2253 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2254 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2255 * single character match.
|
|
|
2256 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2257 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2258 * current column.
|
|
|
2259 */
|
|
|
2260 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2261 {
|
|
|
2262 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
2263 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
|
2264 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2265 {
|
|
|
2266 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2267 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2268 --current_col;
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
|
2270 }
|
|
|
2271 }
|
|
221
|
2272 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
419
|
2273 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
2274 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
2275 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
2276 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
2277 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
7
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2280 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2281 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2282 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2283 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2286 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2289 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2290 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2291 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 /*
|
|
|
2298 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2299 */
|
|
|
2300 static int
|
|
|
2301 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2302 int idx;
|
|
|
2303 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2304 {
|
|
|
2305 int i;
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2308 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2309 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2310 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2311 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2314 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2315 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2316 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2317 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2320 }
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 /*
|
|
|
2323 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2324 */
|
|
|
2325 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2326 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2327 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2328 {
|
|
|
2329 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 /*
|
|
|
2334 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2335 */
|
|
|
2336 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 /*
|
|
|
2339 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2340 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2341 */
|
|
|
2342 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2343 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2344 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2345 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2346 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2347 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2348 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2349 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2350 {
|
|
|
2351 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2352 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2353 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355 else
|
|
|
2356 {
|
|
|
2357 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2358 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2359 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2360 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2361 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2362 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2365 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2366 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2367 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 /*
|
|
|
2370 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2371 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2372 */
|
|
|
2373 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2374 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2375 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2376 {
|
|
|
2377 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2378 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2379 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2380 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2381 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2382 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2383 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2384 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2385 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2386 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2387 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2388 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390 }
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 /*
|
|
|
2398 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2399 */
|
|
|
2400 static void
|
|
|
2401 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2402 {
|
|
|
2403 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2404 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2407 for (;;)
|
|
|
2408 {
|
|
|
2409 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2410 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2411 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2412 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2413 {
|
|
|
2414 /*
|
|
|
2415 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2416 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2417 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2418 * position.
|
|
|
2419 */
|
|
|
2420 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2421 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2422 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2423 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2424 {
|
|
|
2425 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2426 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2427 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2428 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2429 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2430 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2433 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2434 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2435 break;
|
|
|
2436 }
|
|
|
2437 else
|
|
|
2438 {
|
|
|
2439 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2440 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2441 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2442 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2443 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2444 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2445 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2448 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2449 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2450 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2451
|
|
|
2452 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2453
|
|
|
2454 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2455 break;
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2458 {
|
|
|
2459 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2460 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2461 break;
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 /*
|
|
|
2467 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2468 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2469 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2470 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2471 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2472 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2473 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2474 */
|
|
|
2475 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2476 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2477 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2478 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2481 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2482 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2483 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2484 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2485 break;
|
|
|
2486 }
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 else
|
|
|
2490 break;
|
|
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 /*
|
|
|
2495 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2496 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2497 */
|
|
|
2498 static void
|
|
|
2499 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2500 int idx;
|
|
|
2501 {
|
|
|
2502 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2503 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2506 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2507 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2508 else
|
|
|
2509 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2510 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2511 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2512 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2513 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2514 else
|
|
|
2515 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 /*
|
|
|
2518 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2519 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2520 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2521 */
|
|
|
2522 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2523 {
|
|
|
2524 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2525 {
|
|
|
2526 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2527 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2528 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2529 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531 else
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2534 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2535 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2536 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2537 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2538 {
|
|
|
2539 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2540 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2541 }
|
|
|
2542 }
|
|
|
2543 }
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545
|
|
|
2546 /*
|
|
|
2547 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2548 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2549 */
|
|
|
2550 static void
|
|
|
2551 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2552 {
|
|
|
2553 int i;
|
|
|
2554 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2555 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 /*
|
|
|
2558 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2559 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2560 */
|
|
|
2561 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2562 return;
|
|
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 /*
|
|
|
2565 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2566 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2567 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2568 */
|
|
|
2569 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2570 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2571 break;
|
|
|
2572
|
|
|
2573 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2574 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2575 {
|
|
|
2576 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2577 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2578 {
|
|
|
2579 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2580 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2581 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2582 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2583 }
|
|
|
2584 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2585 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2586 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2587 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2588 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2589 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2590 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2591 }
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593
|
|
|
2594 /*
|
|
|
2595 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2596 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2597 *
|
|
|
2598 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2599 */
|
|
|
2600 static void
|
|
|
2601 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2602 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2603 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2604 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2605 {
|
|
|
2606 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2607 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2608 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2609 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2610 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2613 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2614 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2615 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2616 return;
|
|
|
2617
|
|
|
2618 /*
|
|
|
2619 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2620 * line.
|
|
|
2621 */
|
|
|
2622 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2623 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2624 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2625 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2626 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2629 {
|
|
|
2630 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2631 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2632 {
|
|
|
2633 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2634 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2635 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2636 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2637 }
|
|
|
2638 else
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2641 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2642 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2645 }
|
|
|
2646 else
|
|
|
2647 {
|
|
|
2648 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2649 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2650 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2651 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2652 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2653 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2654 }
|
|
|
2655 }
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 /*
|
|
|
2658 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2659 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2660 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2661 */
|
|
|
2662 static int
|
|
|
2663 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2664 int idx;
|
|
|
2665 {
|
|
|
2666 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2667 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2668 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2669 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2670 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2671 return OK;
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 /*
|
|
|
2675 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 static void
|
|
|
2678 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2679 {
|
|
|
2680 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2681 {
|
|
|
2682 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2683 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2684 }
|
|
|
2685 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2686 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2689 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2690 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2691 }
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 /*
|
|
|
2694 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2695 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2696 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2697 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2698 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2699 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2700 * computed.
|
|
|
2701 */
|
|
|
2702 static void
|
|
|
2703 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2704 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2705 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2706 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2707 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2708 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2709 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2710 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2711 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2712 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2713 {
|
|
|
2714 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2715 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2716 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2717 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2718 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2719 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2720 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2721 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2722 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2723
|
|
|
2724 /*
|
|
|
2725 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2726 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2727 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2728 */
|
|
|
2729 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2730 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2731 {
|
|
|
2732 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2733 return;
|
|
|
2734 }
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 /*
|
|
|
2737 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2738 */
|
|
|
2739 for (;;)
|
|
|
2740 {
|
|
|
2741 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2742 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2743 break;
|
|
|
2744 ++idx;
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 /*
|
|
|
2748 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2749 */
|
|
|
2750 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2751 {
|
|
|
2752 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2753 ++idx;
|
|
|
2754 }
|
|
|
2755 else
|
|
|
2756 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2759 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2760 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2763 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2764 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2765 for (;;)
|
|
|
2766 {
|
|
|
2767 /*
|
|
|
2768 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2769 */
|
|
|
2770 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2771 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
|
2773 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2774
|
|
|
2775 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2776 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2777 break;
|
|
|
2778 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2779 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2780 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2783 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2784 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2787 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2788 {
|
|
|
2789 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2790 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2791 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2792 }
|
|
|
2793 }
|
|
|
2794 }
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 /*
|
|
|
2797 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2798 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2799 */
|
|
|
2800 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2801 break;
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 /*
|
|
|
2804 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2805 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2806 */
|
|
|
2807 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2808 {
|
|
|
2809 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2812 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2813 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2814 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2815 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2816 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2817 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2818 {
|
|
|
2819 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2820 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2823 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2824 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2825 break;
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2830 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2831 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2832 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2833 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2834 else
|
|
|
2835 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2836 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2837 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2838 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2839 ;
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2842 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2843 break;
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2846 }
|
|
|
2847 }
|
|
|
2848
|
|
|
2849 /*
|
|
|
2850 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2851 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2852 */
|
|
|
2853 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2854 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2855 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2856 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2857 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2860 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2861 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2862 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2863 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2864 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2865 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 /*
|
|
|
2868 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2869 */
|
|
|
2870 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2873 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2874 {
|
|
|
2875 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2876 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878 else
|
|
|
2879 {
|
|
|
2880 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2881 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2882 }
|
|
|
2883 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2886 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2887 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2888 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2889 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2892 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2893 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2894 }
|
|
|
2895 else
|
|
|
2896 {
|
|
|
2897 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2898 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2899 }
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2904 break;
|
|
|
2905 }
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2908 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2909 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2912 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2913 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2914 }
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 /*
|
|
|
2917 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2918 */
|
|
|
2919 static void
|
|
|
2920 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2921 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2922 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2925 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2926 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2927 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2928 }
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 /*
|
|
|
2931 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2932 */
|
|
|
2933 static void
|
|
|
2934 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2935 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2936 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
|
2938 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2939 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2940 else
|
|
|
2941 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2942 }
|
|
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 /*
|
|
|
2945 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2946 */
|
|
|
2947 static void
|
|
|
2948 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2949 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2950 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2951 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2952 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2953 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2954 {
|
|
|
2955 int col;
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2958 {
|
|
|
2959 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2960 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2961 }
|
|
|
2962 else
|
|
|
2963 {
|
|
|
2964 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2965 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2966 }
|
|
|
2967 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2968 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2969 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2970 else
|
|
|
2971 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 /*
|
|
|
2975 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2976 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2977 */
|
|
|
2978 static void
|
|
|
2979 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2980 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2981 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2982 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2983 int idx;
|
|
|
2984 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 int col;
|
|
|
2987
|
|
|
2988 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2989 {
|
|
|
2990 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2991 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993 else
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2996 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2997 }
|
|
|
2998 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2999 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3000 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3001 else
|
|
|
3002 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 /*
|
|
|
3006 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
3007 */
|
|
|
3008 static char_u *
|
|
|
3009 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
3012 }
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 /*
|
|
410
|
3015 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
3016 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
3017 */
|
|
|
3018 static int
|
|
|
3019 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
3020 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
3021 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3022 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3023 {
|
|
410
|
3024 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
7
|
3025 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3026 {
|
|
|
3027 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3028 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3029 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
|
3031 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033
|
|
|
3034 /*
|
|
|
3035 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3036 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3037 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3038 */
|
|
|
3039 static int
|
|
|
3040 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3041 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3042 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3043 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3044 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3045 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3046 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3047 {
|
|
134
|
3048 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3049 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3050 int round;
|
|
134
|
3051 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3052 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3053 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3054 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3057 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3058 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3059 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3060 do
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3063 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
134
|
3064 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3065 else
|
|
|
3066 #endif
|
|
134
|
3067 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3068 }
|
|
|
3069 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3072 return 0;
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 /*
|
|
|
3075 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3076 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3077 */
|
|
419
|
3078 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 /*
|
|
|
3081 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3082 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3083 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3084 */
|
|
|
3085 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
134
|
3087 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3088 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3089 continue;
|
|
134
|
3090 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3091 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3092
|
|
|
3093 /*
|
|
134
|
3094 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3095 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3096 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3097 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3098 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3099 */
|
|
134
|
3100 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3101 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3102 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3103 {
|
|
134
|
3104 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3105 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3106 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3107 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3108 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3109 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3110 {
|
|
|
3111 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3112 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3113 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3114 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3115 }
|
|
7
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117 }
|
|
|
3118 return 0;
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 /*
|
|
|
3122 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3123 */
|
|
|
3124 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3125 static void
|
|
|
3126 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3127 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3128 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3129 {
|
|
|
3130 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3131 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3134 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3135 return;
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3138 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3139 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3140 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3141 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3142 else
|
|
|
3143 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3144 }
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 /*
|
|
419
|
3147 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
|
3148 */
|
|
|
3149 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3150 static void
|
|
|
3151 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3152 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3153 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3154 {
|
|
|
3155 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3156 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3157
|
|
|
3158 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3159 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3160 return;
|
|
|
3161
|
|
|
3162 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3163 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
|
3164 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
|
3165 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
|
3166 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
|
3167 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 4) == 0 && next - arg == 4)
|
|
|
3168 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
3169 else
|
|
|
3170 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 /*
|
|
7
|
3174 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3175 */
|
|
|
3176 void
|
|
|
3177 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3178 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3179 {
|
|
|
3180 int i;
|
|
|
3181
|
|
294
|
3182 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
419
|
3183 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
|
294
|
3184 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3185
|
|
|
3186 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3187 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3188 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3191 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3192 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3193 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3196 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3197 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3198 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3199 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3200 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3203 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3204 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3205 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3206
|
|
|
3207 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3208 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3209 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3210 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3211 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3212 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3213 #endif
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3216 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3217 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3218 }
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 /*
|
|
|
3221 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3222 */
|
|
|
3223 static void
|
|
|
3224 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3225 {
|
|
|
3226 int i;
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3229 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3230 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3231 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3234 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3235 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3236 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3239 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3240 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3241 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 /*
|
|
|
3247 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3248 */
|
|
|
3249 static void
|
|
|
3250 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3251 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3252 int idx;
|
|
|
3253 {
|
|
|
3254 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3257 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3258 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3259 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3260 #endif
|
|
|
3261 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3262 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3263 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3264 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /*
|
|
|
3268 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3269 * last to first!
|
|
|
3270 */
|
|
|
3271 static void
|
|
|
3272 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3273 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3274 int i;
|
|
|
3275 {
|
|
|
3276 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3277 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3278 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3279 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3282 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3283 }
|
|
|
3284 }
|
|
|
3285
|
|
|
3286 /*
|
|
|
3287 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3288 */
|
|
|
3289 static void
|
|
|
3290 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3291 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3292 int i;
|
|
|
3293 {
|
|
|
3294 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3295 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3296 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3297 }
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 /*
|
|
|
3300 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3301 */
|
|
|
3302 static void
|
|
|
3303 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3304 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3305 int syncing;
|
|
|
3306 {
|
|
|
3307 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3308 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3309 int id;
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3312 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3313 return;
|
|
|
3314
|
|
|
3315 /*
|
|
|
3316 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3317 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3318 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3319 * clear".
|
|
|
3320 */
|
|
|
3321 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3322 return;
|
|
|
3323
|
|
|
3324 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3325 {
|
|
|
3326 /*
|
|
|
3327 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3328 */
|
|
|
3329 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3330 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3331 else
|
|
|
3332 {
|
|
|
3333 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3334 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336 }
|
|
|
3337 else
|
|
|
3338 {
|
|
|
3339 /*
|
|
|
3340 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3341 */
|
|
|
3342 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3343 {
|
|
|
3344 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3345 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3346 {
|
|
|
3347 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3348 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3351 break;
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 else
|
|
|
3354 {
|
|
|
3355 /*
|
|
|
3356 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3357 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3358 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3359 */
|
|
|
3360 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3361
|
|
|
3362 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3363 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3364 }
|
|
|
3365 }
|
|
|
3366 else
|
|
|
3367 {
|
|
|
3368 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3369 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3370 {
|
|
|
3371 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3372 break;
|
|
|
3373 }
|
|
|
3374 else
|
|
|
3375 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3378 }
|
|
|
3379 }
|
|
|
3380 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3381 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3382 }
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 /*
|
|
|
3385 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3386 */
|
|
|
3387 static void
|
|
|
3388 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3389 int id;
|
|
|
3390 int syncing;
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3393 int idx;
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3396 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3397 {
|
|
134
|
3398 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3399 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3400 }
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3403 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3404 {
|
|
|
3405 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3406 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3407 continue;
|
|
|
3408 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3409 }
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 /*
|
|
|
3413 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3414 */
|
|
|
3415 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3416 static void
|
|
|
3417 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3418 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3419 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3420 {
|
|
|
3421 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3422 }
|
|
|
3423
|
|
|
3424 /*
|
|
|
3425 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3426 */
|
|
|
3427 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3428 static void
|
|
|
3429 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3430 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3431 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
|
3433 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3434 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3435 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3436 }
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 /*
|
|
|
3439 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3440 */
|
|
|
3441 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3442 static void
|
|
|
3443 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3444 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3445 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3446 {
|
|
|
3447 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3448 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3451 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3452 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3453 }
|
|
|
3454 }
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 /*
|
|
|
3457 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3458 */
|
|
|
3459 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3460 static void
|
|
|
3461 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3462 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3463 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3464 {
|
|
|
3465 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3466 }
|
|
|
3467
|
|
|
3468 /*
|
|
|
3469 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3470 */
|
|
|
3471 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3472 static void
|
|
|
3473 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3474 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3475 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3478 }
|
|
|
3479
|
|
|
3480 static void
|
|
|
3481 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3482 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3483 char *name;
|
|
|
3484 {
|
|
|
3485 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3488 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3489 {
|
|
|
3490 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3491 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3492 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495
|
|
|
3496 /*
|
|
|
3497 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3498 */
|
|
|
3499 static void
|
|
|
3500 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3501 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3502 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3503 {
|
|
|
3504 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3505 int id;
|
|
|
3506 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3509 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3510 return;
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3513 {
|
|
|
3514 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3515 return;
|
|
|
3516 }
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
3518 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3521 {
|
|
|
3522 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3523 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3524 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3525 return;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3528 {
|
|
|
3529 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3530 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3531 else
|
|
|
3532 {
|
|
|
3533 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3534 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3535 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3536 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3537 }
|
|
|
3538 return;
|
|
|
3539 }
|
|
|
3540 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3541 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3542 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3543 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3546 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3547 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549 }
|
|
|
3550 else
|
|
|
3551 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3552 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 /*
|
|
|
3555 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3556 */
|
|
|
3557 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3558 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3559 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3560 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562 else
|
|
|
3563 {
|
|
|
3564 /*
|
|
|
3565 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3566 */
|
|
|
3567 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3568 {
|
|
|
3569 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3570 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3573 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3574 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3575 else
|
|
|
3576 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3577 }
|
|
|
3578 else
|
|
|
3579 {
|
|
|
3580 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3581 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3582 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3583 else
|
|
|
3584 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3585 }
|
|
|
3586 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3587 }
|
|
|
3588 }
|
|
|
3589 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3590 }
|
|
|
3591
|
|
|
3592 static void
|
|
|
3593 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3594 {
|
|
|
3595 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3596 {
|
|
|
3597 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3598 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3599 {
|
|
|
3600 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3601 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3602 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3603 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3606 {
|
|
|
3607 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3608 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3609 }
|
|
|
3610 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3611 }
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613
|
|
|
3614 static void
|
|
|
3615 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3616 {
|
|
|
3617 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3618 {
|
|
|
3619 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3620 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3621 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3622 }
|
|
|
3623 }
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3626
|
|
|
3627 struct name_list
|
|
|
3628 {
|
|
|
3629 int flag;
|
|
|
3630 char *name;
|
|
|
3631 };
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3634
|
|
|
3635 /*
|
|
|
3636 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3637 */
|
|
|
3638 static void
|
|
|
3639 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3640 int id;
|
|
|
3641 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3642 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3643 {
|
|
|
3644 int attr;
|
|
|
3645 int idx;
|
|
|
3646 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3647 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3648 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3649 {
|
|
|
3650 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3651 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3652 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3653 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3654 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3655 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3656 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3657 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3658 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3659 };
|
|
|
3660 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3663 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3664 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3665 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3666 };
|
|
|
3667
|
|
|
3668 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3671 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3672 {
|
|
134
|
3673 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3674 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3675 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3676 }
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3679 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3680 {
|
|
|
3681 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3682 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3683 continue;
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3686 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3687 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3688 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3689 {
|
|
|
3690 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3691 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3696 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3697 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3698 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3699 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3700 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3701 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3702 --idx;
|
|
|
3703 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3708 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
3710 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3711 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3712 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3717 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3722 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3723 else
|
|
|
3724 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3725 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3726 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3727 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3728 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3729 else
|
|
|
3730 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3731 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3732 }
|
|
|
3733 }
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3736 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3739 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3740 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3741 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3742 }
|
|
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 static void
|
|
|
3746 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3747 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3748 int flags;
|
|
|
3749 int attr;
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 int i;
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3754 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3755 {
|
|
|
3756 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3757 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3758 }
|
|
|
3759 }
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 /*
|
|
|
3762 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3763 */
|
|
|
3764 static void
|
|
|
3765 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3766 int id;
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3771 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3772 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3775 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3776 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3777 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3780 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3781 {
|
|
|
3782 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3783 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3784 }
|
|
|
3785 else
|
|
|
3786 {
|
|
|
3787 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3788 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3789 }
|
|
|
3790 }
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 static void
|
|
|
3793 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3794 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3795 short *list;
|
|
|
3796 int attr;
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 short *p;
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3801 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3802 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3803 {
|
|
|
3804 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3805 {
|
|
|
3806 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3807 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3808 else
|
|
|
3809 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3810 }
|
|
|
3811 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3814 }
|
|
|
3815 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3816 {
|
|
|
3817 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3818 }
|
|
|
3819 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3820 {
|
|
|
3821 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3824 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3825 }
|
|
|
3826 else
|
|
|
3827 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3828 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3829 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3830 }
|
|
|
3831 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3832 }
|
|
|
3833
|
|
|
3834 static void
|
|
|
3835 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3836 char *s;
|
|
|
3837 int c;
|
|
|
3838 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3839 int attr;
|
|
|
3840 {
|
|
|
3841 long n;
|
|
|
3842 int mask;
|
|
|
3843 int first;
|
|
|
3844 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3845 int i;
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3848 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3849 {
|
|
|
3850 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3851 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3852 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3853 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3854 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3855 else
|
|
|
3856 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3857 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859
|
|
|
3860 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3861 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3862 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3863
|
|
|
3864 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3865 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3866 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3867 {
|
|
|
3868 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3869 break;
|
|
|
3870 }
|
|
|
3871 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3872 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3873 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3876 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3877 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3878 {
|
|
|
3879 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3880 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3881 {
|
|
|
3882 if (!first)
|
|
|
3883 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3884 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3885 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3886 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3887 {
|
|
|
3888 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3889 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3890 else
|
|
|
3891 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3892 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3893 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3894 }
|
|
|
3895 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3896 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3897 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 /*
|
|
|
3904 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3905 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3906 */
|
|
|
3907 static int
|
|
134
|
3908 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3909 int id;
|
|
134
|
3910 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3911 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3912 int attr;
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3915 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3916 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3917 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3918 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3919 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3920 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3921 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3922 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3923 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /*
|
|
|
3926 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3927 * hash value...
|
|
|
3928 */
|
|
134
|
3929 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3930 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3933 {
|
|
|
3934 --todo;
|
|
|
3935 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3936 {
|
|
134
|
3937 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3938 {
|
|
134
|
3939 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3940 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3941 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3942 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3943 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3944 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3945 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3946 else
|
|
|
3947 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3948 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3949 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3950 {
|
|
|
3951 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3952 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3953 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3954 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3955 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3956 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3957 }
|
|
|
3958 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3959 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3960 {
|
|
|
3961 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3962 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3963 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3964 }
|
|
|
3965 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3968 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3969 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3970 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3971 }
|
|
|
3972 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3973 {
|
|
|
3974 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3975 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3976 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3977 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3980 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3981 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
3982 }
|
|
|
3983 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
3986 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3987 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
3988 }
|
|
|
3989 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3990 {
|
|
|
3991 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
3992 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3993 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
3994 }
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
3997 }
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999 }
|
|
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 return did_header;
|
|
|
4003 }
|
|
|
4004
|
|
|
4005 static void
|
|
134
|
4006 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
4007 int id;
|
|
134
|
4008 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4009 {
|
|
|
4010 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4011 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4012 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
4013 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4014 int todo;
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
|
4017 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4018 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4019 {
|
|
|
4020 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4021 {
|
|
|
4022 --todo;
|
|
|
4023 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4024 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
4025 {
|
|
134
|
4026 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4029 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
4030 {
|
|
|
4031 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
4032 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
4033 else
|
|
|
4034 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
4035 }
|
|
|
4036 else
|
|
|
4037 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
4038 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4039 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4040 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
4041 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
7
|
4043 else
|
|
134
|
4044 {
|
|
|
4045 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
4046 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4047 }
|
|
7
|
4048 }
|
|
134
|
4049 }
|
|
|
4050 }
|
|
|
4051 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4052 }
|
|
|
4053
|
|
|
4054 /*
|
|
|
4055 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4056 */
|
|
|
4057 static void
|
|
134
|
4058 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4059 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4060 {
|
|
|
4061 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4062 int todo;
|
|
|
4063 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4064 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4067 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4068 {
|
|
|
4069 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4070 {
|
|
|
4071 --todo;
|
|
|
4072 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4073 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4074 {
|
|
134
|
4075 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4076 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4077 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4078 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4079 }
|
|
134
|
4080 }
|
|
|
4081 }
|
|
|
4082 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4083 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4084 }
|
|
|
4085
|
|
|
4086 /*
|
|
|
4087 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4088 */
|
|
|
4089 static void
|
|
|
4090 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4091 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4092 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4093 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4094 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4095 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4096 {
|
|
134
|
4097 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4098 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4099 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4100 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4101 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4102 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4105 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4106 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4107 else
|
|
|
4108 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4109 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4110 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4111 return;
|
|
|
4112 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4113 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4114 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4115 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4116 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4117 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4118 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4119 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4122 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4123 else
|
|
134
|
4124 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4125
|
|
|
4126 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4127 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4128 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4129 {
|
|
|
4130 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4131 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4132 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4133 }
|
|
|
4134 else
|
|
|
4135 {
|
|
|
4136 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4137 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4138 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4139 }
|
|
7
|
4140 }
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 /*
|
|
|
4143 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4144 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4145 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4146 */
|
|
|
4147 static char_u *
|
|
|
4148 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4149 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4150 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4155 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 /*
|
|
|
4158 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4159 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4160 */
|
|
|
4161 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4162 return NULL;
|
|
|
4163 return rest;
|
|
|
4164 }
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 /*
|
|
|
4167 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4168 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4169 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4170 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4171 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4172 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4173 */
|
|
|
4174 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4175 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4176 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4177 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4178 {
|
|
7
|
4179 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4180 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4181 int len;
|
|
154
|
4182 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4183 int i;
|
|
|
4184 int fidx;
|
|
|
4185 static struct flag
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4188 int argtype;
|
|
|
4189 int flags;
|
|
|
4190 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4191 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4192 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4193 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4194 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4195 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4196 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4197 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4198 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4199 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4200 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4201 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4202 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4203 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4204 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4205 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4206 };
|
|
154
|
4207 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4210 return NULL;
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 for (;;)
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
154
|
4214 /*
|
|
|
4215 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4216 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4217 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4218 */
|
|
|
4219 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4220 break;
|
|
7
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4223 {
|
|
154
|
4224 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4225 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4226 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4227 break;
|
|
|
4228 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4229 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4230 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4231 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4232 {
|
|
154
|
4233 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4234 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4235 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4236 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4237 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4238 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4239 break;
|
|
|
4240 }
|
|
|
4241 }
|
|
154
|
4242 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4243 break;
|
|
|
4244
|
|
|
4245 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4246 {
|
|
|
4247 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4250 return NULL;
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
154
|
4252 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4253 return NULL;
|
|
|
4254 }
|
|
154
|
4255 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4256 {
|
|
|
4257 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4258 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4259 {
|
|
|
4260 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4261 return NULL;
|
|
|
4262 }
|
|
154
|
4263 #endif
|
|
|
4264 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4265 return NULL;
|
|
|
4266 }
|
|
154
|
4267 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4268 {
|
|
|
4269 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4270 return NULL;
|
|
|
4271 }
|
|
|
4272 else
|
|
154
|
4273 {
|
|
|
4274 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4275 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4276
|
|
|
4277 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4278 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4279 {
|
|
|
4280 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4281 {
|
|
|
4282 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4283 return NULL;
|
|
|
4284 }
|
|
|
4285 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4286 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4287 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4288 return NULL;
|
|
|
4289 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4290 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4291 return NULL;
|
|
|
4292 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4293 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4294 else
|
|
|
4295 {
|
|
|
4296 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4297 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4298 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4299 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4302 break;
|
|
|
4303 }
|
|
|
4304 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4305 {
|
|
|
4306 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4307 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4308 return NULL;
|
|
|
4309 }
|
|
|
4310 }
|
|
|
4311
|
|
|
4312 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4313 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4314 }
|
|
|
4315 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4316 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4317 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4318 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4319 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4320 #endif
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
7
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 return arg;
|
|
|
4325 }
|
|
|
4326
|
|
|
4327 /*
|
|
|
4328 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4329 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4330 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4331 */
|
|
|
4332 static void
|
|
|
4333 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4334 int id;
|
|
|
4335 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4338 return;
|
|
|
4339 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4340 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4343 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4344 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4349 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4350 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4351 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4352 }
|
|
|
4353 }
|
|
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 /*
|
|
|
4357 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4358 */
|
|
|
4359 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4360 static void
|
|
|
4361 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4362 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4363 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4364 {
|
|
|
4365 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4366 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4367 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4368 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4369 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4370 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4371 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4372 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4373
|
|
|
4374 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4375 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4376 return;
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4379 {
|
|
|
4380 ++arg;
|
|
|
4381 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4382 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4383 {
|
|
|
4384 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4385 return;
|
|
|
4386 }
|
|
|
4387 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4388 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4389 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4390 }
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 /*
|
|
|
4393 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4394 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4395 */
|
|
|
4396 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4397 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4398 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4399 {
|
|
|
4400 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4401 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4402 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4403 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4404 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4407 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4408 return;
|
|
|
4409 }
|
|
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 /*
|
|
|
4413 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4414 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4415 */
|
|
|
4416 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4417 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4418 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4419 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4420 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4421 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4422 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4423 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4424 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4425 }
|
|
|
4426
|
|
|
4427 /*
|
|
|
4428 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4429 */
|
|
|
4430 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4431 static void
|
|
|
4432 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4433 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4434 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4437 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4438 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4439 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4440 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4441 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4442 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4443 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4444 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4449 {
|
|
|
4450 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4453 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4454 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4455 {
|
|
154
|
4456 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4457 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4458 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4459 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4460 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4461 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4462
|
|
7
|
4463 /*
|
|
|
4464 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4465 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4466 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4467 */
|
|
154
|
4468 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4469 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4470 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4471 {
|
|
154
|
4472 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4473 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4474 break;
|
|
|
4475 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4476 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4479 ++rest;
|
|
|
4480 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4481 }
|
|
|
4482 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4483 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4484 }
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4487 {
|
|
|
4488 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4489 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4490
|
|
7
|
4491 /*
|
|
154
|
4492 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4493 */
|
|
154
|
4494 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4495 {
|
|
154
|
4496 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4497 {
|
|
154
|
4498 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4499 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4500 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4501 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4502 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4503 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4504 break;
|
|
|
4505 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4506 {
|
|
|
4507 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
|
4508 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4509 break;
|
|
168
|
4510 }
|
|
|
4511 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4512 {
|
|
|
4513 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4514 break;
|
|
|
4515 }
|
|
154
|
4516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4517 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4518 {
|
|
154
|
4519 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1);
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4522 p += l;
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524 else
|
|
7
|
4525 #endif
|
|
154
|
4526 {
|
|
|
4527 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4528 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530 }
|
|
|
4531 }
|
|
|
4532 }
|
|
154
|
4533
|
|
7
|
4534 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4535 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4536 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4537 }
|
|
|
4538 }
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4541 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4542 else
|
|
|
4543 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4546 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 /*
|
|
|
4550 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4551 *
|
|
|
4552 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4553 */
|
|
|
4554 static void
|
|
|
4555 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4556 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4557 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4560 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4561 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4562 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4563 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4564 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4565 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4566 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4569 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4572 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4573 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4574 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4575 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4576 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4577 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4578 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4579 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4582 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4583 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4584 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4585 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4586 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4589 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4592 {
|
|
|
4593 /*
|
|
|
4594 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4595 */
|
|
|
4596 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4597 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4598 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4599 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4600 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4601 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4602 {
|
|
154
|
4603 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4604 /*
|
|
|
4605 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4606 */
|
|
|
4607 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4608 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4609 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4610 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4611 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4612 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4613 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4614 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4615 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4616 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4617 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4618 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4619 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4620 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4621 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4624 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4625 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4626 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4627 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4628 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4629 #endif
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4632 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4633 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4634 }
|
|
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 /*
|
|
|
4638 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4639 */
|
|
|
4640 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4641 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4642 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4643 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4644 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4647 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4648 }
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 /*
|
|
|
4651 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4652 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4653 */
|
|
|
4654 static void
|
|
|
4655 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4656 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4657 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4658 {
|
|
|
4659 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4660 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4661 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4662 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4663 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4664 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4665 int item;
|
|
|
4666 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4667 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4668 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4669 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4670 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4673 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4674 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4675 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4676 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4677 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4678 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4679 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4680 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4681 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4682 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4683 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4684 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4685 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4686 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4689 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4692 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4693 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4696
|
|
154
|
4697 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4698 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4699 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4700 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4701 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4702 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4703 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
7
|
4705 /*
|
|
|
4706 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4707 */
|
|
|
4708 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4709 {
|
|
|
4710 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4711 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4712 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4713 break;
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4716 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4717 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4718 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4719 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4720 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4721 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4724 break;
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4727 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4728 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4729 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4730 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4731 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4732 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4737 break;
|
|
|
4738 }
|
|
|
4739 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741 else
|
|
|
4742 break;
|
|
|
4743 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4744 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4745 {
|
|
|
4746 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4747 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4748 break;
|
|
|
4749 }
|
|
|
4750 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4751 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4752 {
|
|
|
4753 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4754 break;
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4758 {
|
|
|
4759 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4760 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4761 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4762 else
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4765 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4766 {
|
|
|
4767 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4768 break;
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770 }
|
|
|
4771 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773 else
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 /*
|
|
|
4776 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4777 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4778 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4779 */
|
|
|
4780 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4781 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4784 break;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4787 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4788 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4789 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4792 break;
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 /*
|
|
|
4796 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4797 */
|
|
|
4798 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4799 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4800 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4801 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4802 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4803 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4804 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4805 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4806 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4807 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4808 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4809 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4810 }
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4813 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4814 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 /*
|
|
|
4817 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4818 */
|
|
|
4819 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4820 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4821 {
|
|
|
4822 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4823 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4824 }
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4827 {
|
|
|
4828 /*
|
|
|
4829 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4830 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4831 */
|
|
|
4832 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4833 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4834 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4835 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4836 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4837 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
154
|
4839 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4840 /*
|
|
|
4841 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4842 */
|
|
|
4843 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4844 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4845 {
|
|
|
4846 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
|
4848 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4849 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4850 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4851 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4852 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4853 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4854 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4855 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4856 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4857 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4858 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4859 {
|
|
154
|
4860 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4861 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4862 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4863 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4864 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4865 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4866 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4867 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4868 }
|
|
|
4869 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4870 ++idx;
|
|
|
4871 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4872 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4873 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4874 #endif
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876 }
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4879 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4880 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4881 }
|
|
|
4882 }
|
|
|
4883
|
|
|
4884 /*
|
|
|
4885 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4886 */
|
|
|
4887 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4888 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
|
4890 if (!success)
|
|
|
4891 {
|
|
|
4892 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4893 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4894 }
|
|
|
4895 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4896 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4897 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4898 }
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 if (!success)
|
|
|
4901 {
|
|
154
|
4902 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4903 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4904 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4905 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4906 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4907 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4908 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910 }
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 /*
|
|
|
4913 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4914 */
|
|
|
4915 static int
|
|
|
4916 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4917 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4918 #endif
|
|
|
4919 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4920 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4921 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4922 {
|
|
|
4923 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4924 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4925
|
|
|
4926 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4927 }
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 /*
|
|
|
4930 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4931 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4932 */
|
|
|
4933 static void
|
|
|
4934 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4935 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4936 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4937 int list_op;
|
|
|
4938 {
|
|
|
4939 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4940 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4941 short *g1;
|
|
|
4942 short *g2;
|
|
|
4943 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4944 int count;
|
|
|
4945 int round;
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 /*
|
|
|
4948 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4949 */
|
|
|
4950 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4951 return;
|
|
|
4952 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4953 {
|
|
|
4954 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4955 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4956 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4957 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4958 else
|
|
|
4959 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4960 return;
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4964 ++count1;
|
|
|
4965 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4966 ++count2;
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 /*
|
|
|
4969 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4970 */
|
|
|
4971 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4972 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 /*
|
|
|
4975 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4976 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4977 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4978 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4979 */
|
|
|
4980 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4981 {
|
|
|
4982 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
4983 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4984 count = 0;
|
|
|
4985
|
|
|
4986 /*
|
|
|
4987 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
4988 */
|
|
|
4989 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 /*
|
|
|
4992 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
4993 */
|
|
|
4994 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
4995 {
|
|
|
4996 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4997 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4998 count++;
|
|
|
4999 g1++;
|
|
|
5000 continue;
|
|
|
5001 }
|
|
|
5002 /*
|
|
|
5003 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
5004 * lists.
|
|
|
5005 */
|
|
|
5006 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5007 {
|
|
|
5008 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5009 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5010 count++;
|
|
|
5011 }
|
|
|
5012 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
5013 g1++;
|
|
|
5014 g2++;
|
|
|
5015 }
|
|
|
5016
|
|
|
5017 /*
|
|
|
5018 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
5019 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
5020 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
5021 */
|
|
|
5022 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
5023 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5024 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5025 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5026 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
5027 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5028 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5031 {
|
|
|
5032 /*
|
|
|
5033 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
5034 * space for it.
|
|
|
5035 */
|
|
|
5036 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
5037 {
|
|
|
5038 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5039 break;
|
|
|
5040 }
|
|
|
5041 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5042 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
5043 break;
|
|
|
5044 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
|
5046 }
|
|
|
5047
|
|
|
5048 /*
|
|
|
5049 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
5050 */
|
|
|
5051 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5052 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5053 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 /*
|
|
|
5057 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5058 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5059 */
|
|
|
5060 static int
|
|
|
5061 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5062 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5063 {
|
|
|
5064 int i;
|
|
|
5065 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5068 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5069 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5070 return 0;
|
|
|
5071 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5072 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5073 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5074 break;
|
|
|
5075 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5076 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5077 }
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 /*
|
|
|
5080 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5081 */
|
|
|
5082 static int
|
|
|
5083 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5084 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5085 int len;
|
|
|
5086 {
|
|
|
5087 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5088 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5091 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5092 {
|
|
|
5093 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5094 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096 return id;
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098
|
|
|
5099 /*
|
|
|
5100 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5101 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5102 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5103 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5104 */
|
|
|
5105 static int
|
|
|
5106 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5107 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5108 int len;
|
|
|
5109 {
|
|
|
5110 int id;
|
|
|
5111 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5114 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5115 return 0;
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5118 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5119 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5120 else
|
|
|
5121 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5122 return id;
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 /*
|
|
|
5126 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5127 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5128 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5129 */
|
|
|
5130 static int
|
|
|
5131 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5132 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5133 {
|
|
|
5134 int len;
|
|
7
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 /*
|
|
|
5137 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5138 */
|
|
|
5139 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5140 {
|
|
221
|
5141 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5142 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5143 }
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 /*
|
|
|
5146 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5147 */
|
|
|
5148 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5149 {
|
|
|
5150 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5151 return 0;
|
|
|
5152 }
|
|
|
5153 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5154
|
|
221
|
5155 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5156 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5157 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5158 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5159 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5160
|
|
221
|
5161 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5162 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5163 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5164 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5165
|
|
7
|
5166 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5167 }
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 /*
|
|
|
5170 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5171 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5172 */
|
|
|
5173 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5174 static void
|
|
|
5175 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5176 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5177 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5178 {
|
|
|
5179 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5180 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5181 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5182 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5183 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5184 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5185 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5186 int list_op;
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5189 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5190 return;
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5195 {
|
|
|
5196 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5197 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 for (;;)
|
|
|
5200 {
|
|
|
5201 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5202 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5203 {
|
|
|
5204 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5205 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5206 }
|
|
|
5207 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5208 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5209 {
|
|
|
5210 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5211 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5212 }
|
|
|
5213 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5214 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5217 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219 else
|
|
|
5220 break;
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5223 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5224 {
|
|
|
5225 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5226 break;
|
|
|
5227 }
|
|
|
5228 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5229 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5230 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5231 }
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5236 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5241 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5242 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5243 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245
|
|
|
5246 /*
|
|
|
5247 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5248 */
|
|
|
5249 static void
|
|
|
5250 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5251 {
|
|
|
5252 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5253 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5254 }
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 /*
|
|
|
5257 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5258 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5259 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5260 */
|
|
|
5261 static char_u *
|
|
|
5262 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5263 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5264 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5265 {
|
|
|
5266 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5267 int *p;
|
|
|
5268 int idx;
|
|
|
5269 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5272 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5273 return NULL;
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5276 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5277 {
|
|
|
5278 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5279 return NULL;
|
|
|
5280 }
|
|
|
5281 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5282 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5283 return NULL;
|
|
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5286 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5287 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5288 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5289 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5292 return NULL;
|
|
|
5293 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 /*
|
|
|
5296 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5297 */
|
|
|
5298 ++end;
|
|
|
5299 do
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5302 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5303 break;
|
|
|
5304 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5307 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5308 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5309 {
|
|
|
5310 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5311 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5312 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5313 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5316 {
|
|
|
5317 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5318 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5319 {
|
|
|
5320 end += 3;
|
|
|
5321 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5324 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5325 {
|
|
|
5326 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5327 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5328 }
|
|
|
5329 }
|
|
|
5330 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5331 {
|
|
|
5332 end += 4;
|
|
|
5333 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5334 {
|
|
|
5335 ++end;
|
|
|
5336 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5337 }
|
|
|
5338 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5339 {
|
|
|
5340 ++end;
|
|
|
5341 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5342 }
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5345 break;
|
|
|
5346 ++end;
|
|
|
5347 }
|
|
|
5348 }
|
|
|
5349 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5352 {
|
|
|
5353 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5354 return NULL;
|
|
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5357 }
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 /*
|
|
|
5360 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5361 */
|
|
|
5362 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5363 static void
|
|
|
5364 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5365 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5366 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
|
5368 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5369 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5370 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5371 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5372 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5373 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5374 long n;
|
|
|
5375 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5378 {
|
|
|
5379 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5380 return;
|
|
|
5381 }
|
|
|
5382
|
|
|
5383 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5386 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5387 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5388 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5389 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5392 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5393 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5396 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5397 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5398 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5399 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5402 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5403 }
|
|
|
5404 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5405 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5406 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5407 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5410 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5411 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5412 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5413 else
|
|
|
5414 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5415 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5416 {
|
|
|
5417 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5418 break;
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5421 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5422 {
|
|
|
5423 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5424 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5425 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5426 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5427 else
|
|
|
5428 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5429 }
|
|
|
5430 }
|
|
|
5431 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5434 {
|
|
|
5435 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5436 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5437 }
|
|
|
5438 }
|
|
|
5439 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5440 {
|
|
|
5441 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5442 {
|
|
|
5443 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5444 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5445 break;
|
|
|
5446 }
|
|
|
5447 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5448 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5449 {
|
|
|
5450 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5451 break;
|
|
|
5452 }
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5455 {
|
|
|
5456 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5457 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5458 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5461 break;
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5466 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5467 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5468 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5469 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5470 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5473 {
|
|
|
5474 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5475 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5476 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5477 break;
|
|
|
5478 }
|
|
|
5479 }
|
|
|
5480 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 else
|
|
|
5483 {
|
|
|
5484 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5485 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5486 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5487 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5488 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5489 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5490 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5491 else
|
|
|
5492 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5493 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5494 break;
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5499 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5500 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5501 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5502 {
|
|
|
5503 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5504 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5505 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5506 }
|
|
|
5507 }
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 /*
|
|
|
5510 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5511 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5512 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5513 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5514 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5515 */
|
|
|
5516 static int
|
|
|
5517 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5518 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5519 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5520 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5521 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5522 {
|
|
|
5523 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5524 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5525 int round;
|
|
|
5526 int count;
|
|
|
5527 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5528 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5529 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5530 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5531 int id;
|
|
|
5532 int i;
|
|
|
5533 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 /*
|
|
|
5536 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5537 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5538 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5539 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5540 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5541 */
|
|
|
5542 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5543 {
|
|
|
5544 /*
|
|
|
5545 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5546 */
|
|
|
5547 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5548 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5551 break;
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5554 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5555 {
|
|
|
5556 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5557 break;
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559
|
|
|
5560 /*
|
|
|
5561 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5562 */
|
|
|
5563 count = 0;
|
|
|
5564 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5565 {
|
|
|
5566 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5567 ;
|
|
|
5568 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5569 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5572 break;
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
419
|
5574 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
7
|
5575 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5576 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5577 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5578 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5583 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5584 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5585 break;
|
|
|
5586 }
|
|
|
5587 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5590 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5591 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5592 break;
|
|
|
5593 }
|
|
|
5594 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5595 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5596 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5597 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5598 else
|
|
|
5599 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5600 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5601 }
|
|
|
5602 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
|
5604 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606 else
|
|
|
5607 {
|
|
|
5608 /*
|
|
|
5609 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5610 */
|
|
|
5611 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5612 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5613 else
|
|
|
5614 {
|
|
|
5615 /*
|
|
|
5616 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5617 */
|
|
|
5618 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5619 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5620 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5621 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5622 {
|
|
|
5623 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5624 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5625 break;
|
|
|
5626 }
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5629 id = 0;
|
|
|
5630 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5631 {
|
|
|
5632 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5633 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5634 {
|
|
|
5635 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5636 {
|
|
|
5637 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5638 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5639 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5640 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5641 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5642 {
|
|
|
5643 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5644 round = 1;
|
|
|
5645 }
|
|
|
5646 else
|
|
|
5647 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5648 }
|
|
|
5649 ++count;
|
|
|
5650 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5651 }
|
|
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5654 }
|
|
|
5655 }
|
|
|
5656 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5657 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5660 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5661 break;
|
|
|
5662 }
|
|
|
5663 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5664 {
|
|
|
5665 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5666 {
|
|
|
5667 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5668 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5671 round = 1;
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673 else
|
|
|
5674 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676 ++count;
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5679 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5680 break;
|
|
|
5681 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683 if (failed)
|
|
|
5684 break;
|
|
|
5685 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5686 {
|
|
|
5687 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5688 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5689 break;
|
|
|
5690 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5691 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5692 }
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5696 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5697 {
|
|
|
5698 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5699 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5703 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5704 else
|
|
|
5705 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 return OK;
|
|
|
5708 }
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 /*
|
|
|
5711 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5712 */
|
|
|
5713 static short *
|
|
|
5714 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5715 short *list;
|
|
|
5716 {
|
|
|
5717 int len;
|
|
|
5718 int count;
|
|
|
5719 short *retval;
|
|
|
5720
|
|
|
5721 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5722 return NULL;
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5725 ;
|
|
|
5726 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5727 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5728 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5729 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 return retval;
|
|
|
5732 }
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 /*
|
|
|
5735 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5736 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5737 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5738 * the current item.
|
|
|
5739 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5740 */
|
|
|
5741 static int
|
|
|
5742 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5743 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5744 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5745 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5746 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5747 {
|
|
|
5748 int retval;
|
|
|
5749 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5750 short item;
|
|
|
5751 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5752 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5753 int r;
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5756 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5757 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5758 {
|
|
|
5759 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5760 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5761 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5762 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5763 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5764 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5765 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5766 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5767 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5768 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5772 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5773
|
|
|
5774 /*
|
|
|
5775 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5776 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5777 */
|
|
|
5778 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5779 return !contained;
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 /*
|
|
|
5782 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5783 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5784 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5785 */
|
|
|
5786 item = *list;
|
|
|
5787 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5788 {
|
|
|
5789 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5790 {
|
|
|
5791 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5792 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5793 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5794 }
|
|
|
5795 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5796 {
|
|
|
5797 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5798 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5799 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5800 }
|
|
|
5801 else
|
|
|
5802 {
|
|
|
5803 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5804 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5805 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5806 }
|
|
|
5807 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5808 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5809 }
|
|
|
5810 else
|
|
|
5811 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5812
|
|
|
5813 /*
|
|
|
5814 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5815 */
|
|
|
5816 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5817 {
|
|
|
5818 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5819 return retval;
|
|
|
5820 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5821 {
|
|
|
5822 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5823 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5824 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5825 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5826 {
|
|
|
5827 ++depth;
|
|
|
5828 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5829 --depth;
|
|
|
5830 if (r)
|
|
|
5831 return retval;
|
|
|
5832 }
|
|
|
5833 }
|
|
|
5834 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5835 }
|
|
|
5836 return !retval;
|
|
|
5837 }
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5840 {
|
|
|
5841 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5842 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5843 };
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5848 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5849 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5850 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5851 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5852 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5853 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5854 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5855 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5856 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5857 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5858 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5859 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
419
|
5860 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
|
7
|
5861 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5862 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5863 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5864 };
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 /*
|
|
|
5867 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5868 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5869 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5870 */
|
|
|
5871 void
|
|
|
5872 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5873 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5876 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5877 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5878 int i;
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5883 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5884 ;
|
|
|
5885 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5886 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5887 {
|
|
|
5888 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5889 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5890 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5891 {
|
|
|
5892 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5893 {
|
|
|
5894 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5895 break;
|
|
|
5896 }
|
|
|
5897 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5898 {
|
|
|
5899 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5900 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5901 break;
|
|
|
5902 }
|
|
|
5903 }
|
|
|
5904 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5905 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5906 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5907 }
|
|
|
5908 }
|
|
|
5909
|
|
|
5910 int
|
|
|
5911 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5912 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5913 {
|
|
|
5914 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5915 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5916 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5917 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5918 }
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 static enum
|
|
|
5923 {
|
|
|
5924 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5925 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5926 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5927
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 /*
|
|
|
5930 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5931 */
|
|
|
5932 void
|
|
|
5933 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5934 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5935 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5940 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5941 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5942 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5943 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5944 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5947 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5948 {
|
|
|
5949 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5950 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5951 {
|
|
|
5952 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5953 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5954 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5955 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5956 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5957 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5958 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5959 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5960 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5961 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5962 else
|
|
|
5963 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5964 }
|
|
|
5965 }
|
|
|
5966 }
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 /*
|
|
|
5971 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5972 * expansion.
|
|
|
5973 */
|
|
|
5974 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5975 char_u *
|
|
|
5976 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5977 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5978 int idx;
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5981 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
5982 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 /*
|
|
|
5988 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
5989 */
|
|
|
5990 int
|
|
253
|
5991 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
7
|
5992 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
5993 colnr_T col;
|
|
7
|
5994 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
253
|
5995 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
5996 {
|
|
|
5997 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
5998 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
|
5999 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
|
6000 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
6001 || col < current_col)
|
|
7
|
6002 syntax_start(curwin, lnum);
|
|
|
6003
|
|
253
|
6004 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
|
7
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
6007 }
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6010 /*
|
|
|
6011 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
6012 */
|
|
|
6013 int
|
|
|
6014 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
6015 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
6016 long lnum;
|
|
|
6017 {
|
|
|
6018 int level = 0;
|
|
|
6019 int i;
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
6022 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
6023 {
|
|
|
6024 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6027 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
6028 ++level;
|
|
|
6029 }
|
|
|
6030 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
6031 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
6032 return level;
|
|
|
6033 }
|
|
|
6034 #endif
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 /**************************************
|
|
|
6040 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
6041 **************************************/
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 /*
|
|
|
6044 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
6045 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
6046 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
6047 */
|
|
|
6048 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6051 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
6052 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
6053 #endif
|
|
|
6054 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
6055 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6056 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6057 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6058 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6059 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6060 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6061 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6062 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
|
6063 NULL
|
|
|
6064 };
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6067 {
|
|
|
6068 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6069 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
6070 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6071 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6072 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6073 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
221
|
6074 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6075 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6076 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6077 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
7
|
6078 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6079 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6080 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6081 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6082 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6083 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6084 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
308
|
6085 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
7
|
6086 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6087 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6088 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6089 NULL
|
|
|
6090 };
|
|
|
6091
|
|
|
6092 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6093 {
|
|
|
6094 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6095 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6096 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6097 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6098 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
6099 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6100 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
221
|
6101 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6102 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6103 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6104 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
7
|
6105 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6106 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6107 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6108 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6109 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6110 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
308
|
6111 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6112 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6113 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6114 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6115 NULL
|
|
|
6116 };
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 void
|
|
|
6119 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6120 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6121 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6122 {
|
|
|
6123 int i;
|
|
|
6124 char **pp;
|
|
|
6125 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6126 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6127 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 /*
|
|
|
6130 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6131 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6132 */
|
|
|
6133 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6134 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6135 return;
|
|
|
6136 #endif
|
|
|
6137
|
|
|
6138 /*
|
|
|
6139 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141 if (both)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6144 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6145 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6146 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6147 }
|
|
|
6148 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6149 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6150 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6151 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6152 return;
|
|
|
6153
|
|
|
6154 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6155 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6156 else
|
|
|
6157 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6158 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6159 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6160
|
|
|
6161 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6162 /*
|
|
|
6163 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6164 */
|
|
|
6165 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6166 {
|
|
|
6167 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6168
|
|
|
6169 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6170 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6171 else
|
|
|
6172 {
|
|
|
6173 ++recursive;
|
|
|
6174 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
|
6175 --recursive;
|
|
|
6176 }
|
|
|
6177 }
|
|
7
|
6178 #endif
|
|
|
6179 }
|
|
|
6180
|
|
|
6181 /*
|
|
12
|
6182 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6183 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6184 */
|
|
|
6185 int
|
|
12
|
6186 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6187 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6188 {
|
|
|
6189 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6190 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6191 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6194 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6195 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6196 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6197 return OK;
|
|
|
6198
|
|
|
6199 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6200 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6201 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6202 {
|
|
12
|
6203 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
7
|
6204 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
6205 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6206 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6207 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6208 #endif
|
|
7
|
6209 }
|
|
|
6210 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 return retval;
|
|
|
6213 }
|
|
|
6214
|
|
|
6215 /*
|
|
|
6216 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6217 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6218 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6219 */
|
|
|
6220 void
|
|
|
6221 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6222 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6223 int forceit;
|
|
|
6224 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6225 {
|
|
|
6226 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6227 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6228 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6229 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6230 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6231 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6232 long i;
|
|
|
6233 int off;
|
|
|
6234 int len;
|
|
|
6235 int attr;
|
|
|
6236 int id;
|
|
|
6237 int idx;
|
|
|
6238 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6239 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6240 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6241 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6242 int color;
|
|
|
6243 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6244 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6245 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6246 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6247 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6248 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6249 #else
|
|
|
6250 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6251 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6252 #endif
|
|
|
6253
|
|
|
6254 /*
|
|
|
6255 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6256 */
|
|
|
6257 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6258 {
|
|
|
6259 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6260 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6261 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6262 return;
|
|
|
6263 }
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 /*
|
|
|
6266 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6267 */
|
|
|
6268 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6269 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 /*
|
|
|
6272 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6273 */
|
|
|
6274 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6275 {
|
|
|
6276 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6277 line = linep;
|
|
|
6278 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6279 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6280 }
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 /*
|
|
|
6283 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6284 */
|
|
|
6285 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6286 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6287 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6288 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 /*
|
|
|
6291 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6292 */
|
|
|
6293 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6296 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6297 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6298 else
|
|
|
6299 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6300 return;
|
|
|
6301 }
|
|
|
6302
|
|
|
6303 /*
|
|
|
6304 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6305 */
|
|
|
6306 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6307 {
|
|
|
6308 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6309 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6310 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6311 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6312 int from_id;
|
|
|
6313 int to_id;
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6316 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6317 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6320 {
|
|
|
6321 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6322 from_start);
|
|
|
6323 return;
|
|
|
6324 }
|
|
|
6325
|
|
|
6326 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6327 {
|
|
|
6328 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6329 return;
|
|
|
6330 }
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6333 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6334 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6335 else
|
|
|
6336 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 /*
|
|
|
6341 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6342 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6343 */
|
|
|
6344 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6345 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6346 {
|
|
|
6347 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6348 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6349 }
|
|
|
6350 else
|
|
|
6351 {
|
|
|
6352 if (!init)
|
|
|
6353 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6354 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
|
6355 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6356 }
|
|
|
6357 }
|
|
|
6358
|
|
|
6359 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6360 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 return;
|
|
|
6363 }
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6366 {
|
|
|
6367 /*
|
|
|
6368 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6369 */
|
|
|
6370 line = linep;
|
|
|
6371 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6372 {
|
|
|
6373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6374 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6375 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6376 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6377 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6378 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6379 */
|
|
|
6380 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6381 {
|
|
|
6382 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6383 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6384 # endif
|
|
|
6385 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6386 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6387 # endif
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6390 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6391 # endif
|
|
|
6392 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6393 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6396 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6397 */
|
|
|
6398 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6399 # endif
|
|
|
6400 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6401 {
|
|
|
6402 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6403 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6404 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6405 # endif
|
|
|
6406 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6407 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6408 # endif
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
|
6410 # endif
|
|
|
6411
|
|
|
6412 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6413 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6414 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6415 */
|
|
|
6416 #endif
|
|
|
6417 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6418 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6419 #endif
|
|
|
6420 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 /*
|
|
|
6423 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6424 */
|
|
|
6425 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6426 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6427 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6428 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6429 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6430 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6431 #endif
|
|
|
6432 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6433 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6434 return;
|
|
|
6435 }
|
|
|
6436 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6437 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6438 }
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 /*
|
|
|
6441 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6442 */
|
|
|
6443 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6444 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6445 return;
|
|
|
6446 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6447
|
|
|
6448 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6449 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6450 return;
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6453 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6454 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6455 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6456 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6457 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6458 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6459 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6460 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6461 #endif
|
|
|
6462
|
|
|
6463 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6464 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6465 {
|
|
|
6466 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6467 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6468 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6469 }
|
|
|
6470
|
|
|
6471 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6472 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6473 {
|
|
|
6474 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6475 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6476 {
|
|
|
6477 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6478 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6479 break;
|
|
|
6480 }
|
|
|
6481
|
|
|
6482 /*
|
|
|
6483 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6484 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6485 */
|
|
|
6486 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6487 ++linep;
|
|
|
6488 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6489 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6490 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6491 {
|
|
|
6492 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6493 break;
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
|
6495 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6498 {
|
|
|
6499 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6500 {
|
|
|
6501 if (!init)
|
|
|
6502 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6503 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6504 }
|
|
|
6505 continue;
|
|
|
6506 }
|
|
|
6507
|
|
|
6508 /*
|
|
|
6509 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6510 */
|
|
|
6511 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6512 {
|
|
|
6513 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6514 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6515 break;
|
|
|
6516 }
|
|
|
6517 ++linep;
|
|
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 /*
|
|
|
6520 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6521 */
|
|
|
6522 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6523 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6524 {
|
|
|
6525 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6526 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6527 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6528 {
|
|
|
6529 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6530 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6531 break;
|
|
|
6532 }
|
|
|
6533 }
|
|
|
6534 else
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
|
6536 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6537 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6538 }
|
|
|
6539 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6540 {
|
|
|
6541 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6542 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6543 break;
|
|
|
6544 }
|
|
|
6545 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6546 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6547 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6548 {
|
|
|
6549 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6550 break;
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6553 ++linep;
|
|
|
6554
|
|
|
6555 /*
|
|
|
6556 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6557 */
|
|
|
6558 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6559 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6560 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6561 {
|
|
|
6562 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6563 off = 0;
|
|
|
6564 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6565 {
|
|
|
6566 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6567 {
|
|
|
6568 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6569 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6570 {
|
|
|
6571 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6572 off += len;
|
|
|
6573 break;
|
|
|
6574 }
|
|
|
6575 }
|
|
|
6576 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6579 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6580 break;
|
|
|
6581 }
|
|
|
6582 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6583 ++off;
|
|
|
6584 }
|
|
|
6585 if (error)
|
|
|
6586 break;
|
|
|
6587 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6588 {
|
|
|
6589 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6590 {
|
|
|
6591 if (!init)
|
|
|
6592 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6593 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6594 }
|
|
|
6595 }
|
|
|
6596 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6597 {
|
|
|
6598 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6599 {
|
|
|
6600 if (!init)
|
|
|
6601 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6602 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6603 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6604 }
|
|
|
6605 }
|
|
|
6606 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6607 else
|
|
|
6608 {
|
|
|
6609 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6610 {
|
|
|
6611 if (!init)
|
|
|
6612 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6613 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6614 }
|
|
|
6615 }
|
|
|
6616 #endif
|
|
|
6617 }
|
|
|
6618 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6619 {
|
|
|
6620 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6621 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6622 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6623 {
|
|
|
6624 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6625 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6626 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6627 }
|
|
|
6628 else
|
|
|
6629 {
|
|
|
6630 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6631 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6632 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6633 # endif
|
|
|
6634 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6635 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6636 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6637 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6638 */
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6641 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6642 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6643 # endif
|
|
|
6644 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6645 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6646
|
|
|
6647 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6648 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6649 {
|
|
|
6650 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6651 * one.
|
|
|
6652 */
|
|
|
6653 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6654 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6655 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6656 }
|
|
|
6657 else
|
|
|
6658 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6659 # endif
|
|
|
6660 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6661 {
|
|
|
6662 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6663 * one.
|
|
|
6664 */
|
|
|
6665 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6666 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6667 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669 else
|
|
|
6670 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6671 }
|
|
|
6672 #endif
|
|
|
6673 }
|
|
|
6674 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6675 {
|
|
|
6676 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6677 {
|
|
|
6678 if (!init)
|
|
|
6679 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6682 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6683 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6684 {
|
|
|
6685 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6686 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6687 }
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6690 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6691 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6692 {
|
|
|
6693 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6694 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6695 else
|
|
|
6696 {
|
|
|
6697 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6698 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6699 break;
|
|
|
6700 }
|
|
|
6701 }
|
|
|
6702 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6703 {
|
|
|
6704 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6705 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6706 else
|
|
|
6707 {
|
|
|
6708 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6709 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6710 break;
|
|
|
6711 }
|
|
|
6712 }
|
|
|
6713 else
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6716 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6717 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6718 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6719 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6720 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6721 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6722 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6723 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6724 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6725 7, 7,
|
|
|
6726 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6727 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6728 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6729 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6730 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6731 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6732 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6733 84, 84,
|
|
|
6734 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6735 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6736 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6737 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6738 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6739 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6740 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6741 248, 248,
|
|
|
6742 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6743 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6744 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6745 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6746 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6747 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6748 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6749 7, 7,
|
|
|
6750 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6751 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6752 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6753 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6754 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6755 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6756 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6757 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6758 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6759 #endif
|
|
|
6760
|
|
|
6761 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6762 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6763 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6764 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6765 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6766 break;
|
|
|
6767 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6768 {
|
|
|
6769 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6770 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6771 break;
|
|
|
6772 }
|
|
|
6773
|
|
|
6774 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6775 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6776 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6777 {
|
|
|
6778 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6779 {
|
|
|
6780 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6781 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6782 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6783 #else
|
|
|
6784 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6785 #endif
|
|
|
6786 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6787 {
|
|
|
6788 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6789 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6790 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6793 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6794 }
|
|
|
6795 else
|
|
|
6796 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6797 }
|
|
|
6798 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6799 }
|
|
|
6800 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6801 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6802 {
|
|
|
6803 /*
|
|
|
6804 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6805 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6806 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6807 */
|
|
|
6808 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6809 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6810 else
|
|
|
6811 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6812 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6813 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6814 {
|
|
|
6815 case 16:
|
|
|
6816 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6817 break;
|
|
|
6818 case 88:
|
|
|
6819 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6820 break;
|
|
|
6821 case 256:
|
|
|
6822 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6823 break;
|
|
|
6824 }
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 }
|
|
|
6827 }
|
|
|
6828 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6829 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6830 {
|
|
|
6831 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6832 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6833 {
|
|
|
6834 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6835 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6836 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6837 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6838 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6839 #endif
|
|
|
6840 {
|
|
|
6841 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6842 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6843 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6844 }
|
|
|
6845 }
|
|
|
6846 }
|
|
|
6847 else
|
|
|
6848 {
|
|
|
6849 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6850 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6851 {
|
|
|
6852 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6853 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6854 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6855 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6856 #endif
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6859 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6860 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6861 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6862 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6863 else
|
|
|
6864 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6865 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6866 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6867 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6868 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6869 }
|
|
|
6870 }
|
|
|
6871 }
|
|
|
6872 }
|
|
|
6873 }
|
|
|
6874 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6875 {
|
|
|
6876 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6877 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6878 {
|
|
205
|
6879 if (!init)
|
|
|
6880 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6881
|
|
|
6882 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6883 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6884 {
|
|
|
6885 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6886 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6887 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6888 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6889 else
|
|
|
6890 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6891 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6892 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6893 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6894 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6895 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6896 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6897 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6898 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6899 # endif
|
|
205
|
6900 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6901 # endif
|
|
205
|
6902 }
|
|
7
|
6903 }
|
|
|
6904 #endif
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6907 {
|
|
|
6908 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6909 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6910 {
|
|
205
|
6911 if (!init)
|
|
|
6912 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6913
|
|
|
6914 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6915 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6916 {
|
|
|
6917 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6918 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6919 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6920 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6921 else
|
|
|
6922 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6923 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6924 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6925 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6926 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6927 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6928 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6929 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6930 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6931 # endif
|
|
205
|
6932 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6933 # endif
|
|
205
|
6934 }
|
|
7
|
6935 }
|
|
205
|
6936 #endif
|
|
|
6937 }
|
|
|
6938 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
6939 {
|
|
|
6940 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6941 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6942 {
|
|
|
6943 if (!init)
|
|
|
6944 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6945
|
|
|
6946 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6947 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6948 {
|
|
|
6949 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
6950 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
6951 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6952 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6953 else
|
|
|
6954 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6955 }
|
|
|
6956 }
|
|
7
|
6957 #endif
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6960 {
|
|
|
6961 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
6962 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
6963
|
|
|
6964 if (!init)
|
|
|
6965 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 /*
|
|
|
6968 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
6969 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
6970 */
|
|
|
6971 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
6972 {
|
|
|
6973 off = 0;
|
|
|
6974 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6975 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6976 {
|
|
|
6977 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
6978 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
6979 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
6980 ;
|
|
|
6981 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
6982 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6983 {
|
|
|
6984 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6985 break;
|
|
|
6986 }
|
|
|
6987 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
6988 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
6989 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
6990 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
6991 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
6994 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
6995 {
|
|
|
6996 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6997 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6998 break;
|
|
|
6999 }
|
|
|
7000 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
7001
|
|
|
7002 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
7003 off += len;
|
|
|
7004 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
7005 ++off;
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007 }
|
|
|
7008 else
|
|
|
7009 {
|
|
|
7010 /*
|
|
|
7011 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
7012 */
|
|
|
7013 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
7014 {
|
|
|
7015 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
7016 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
7017 off += len;
|
|
|
7018 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
7019 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
7020 }
|
|
|
7021 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
7022 }
|
|
|
7023 if (error)
|
|
|
7024 break;
|
|
|
7025
|
|
|
7026 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
7027 p = NULL;
|
|
|
7028 else
|
|
|
7029 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
7030 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
7031 {
|
|
|
7032 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7033 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
7034 }
|
|
|
7035 else
|
|
|
7036 {
|
|
|
7037 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7038 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
7039 }
|
|
|
7040 }
|
|
|
7041 else
|
|
|
7042 {
|
|
|
7043 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7044 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7045 break;
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 /*
|
|
|
7049 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
7050 */
|
|
|
7051 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7052 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7053
|
|
|
7054 /*
|
|
|
7055 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7056 */
|
|
|
7057 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7058 }
|
|
|
7059
|
|
|
7060 /*
|
|
|
7061 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7062 */
|
|
|
7063 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7064 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7065 else
|
|
|
7066 {
|
|
|
7067 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7068 {
|
|
|
7069 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7070 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7071 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7072 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7073 /*
|
|
|
7074 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7075 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7076 */
|
|
|
7077 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7078 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7079 #endif
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7082 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7083 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7084 {
|
|
|
7085 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7086 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7087 }
|
|
|
7088 # endif
|
|
|
7089 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7090 {
|
|
|
7091 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7092 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7093 }
|
|
|
7094 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7095 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7098 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7099 }
|
|
|
7100 # endif
|
|
|
7101 #endif
|
|
|
7102 else
|
|
|
7103 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
7104 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
7105 }
|
|
|
7106 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7107 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7108
|
|
|
7109 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7110 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7111 }
|
|
|
7112
|
|
356
|
7113 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7114 void
|
|
|
7115 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7116 {
|
|
|
7117 int i;
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7120 {
|
|
356
|
7121 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7122 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7123 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7124 }
|
|
356
|
7125 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7126 }
|
|
|
7127 #endif
|
|
|
7128
|
|
7
|
7129 /*
|
|
|
7130 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7131 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7132 */
|
|
|
7133 void
|
|
|
7134 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7135 {
|
|
|
7136 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7137 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7138 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7139 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7140 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7141 #else
|
|
|
7142 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7143 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7144 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7145 #endif
|
|
|
7146 }
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 /*
|
|
|
7149 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7150 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7151 */
|
|
|
7152 static int
|
|
|
7153 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7154 int idx;
|
|
|
7155 int check_link;
|
|
|
7156 {
|
|
|
7157 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7158 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7159 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7160 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7161 #endif
|
|
|
7162 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7163 }
|
|
|
7164
|
|
|
7165 /*
|
|
|
7166 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7167 */
|
|
|
7168 static void
|
|
|
7169 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7170 int idx;
|
|
|
7171 {
|
|
|
7172 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7173 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7174 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7175 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7176 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7177 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7178 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7179 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7180 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7181 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7182 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7183 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7184 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7185 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7186 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7187 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7188 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7189 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7190 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7191 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7192 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7193 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7194 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7195 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7196 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7197 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7198 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7199 # endif
|
|
|
7200 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7201 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7202 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7203 #endif
|
|
|
7204 }
|
|
|
7205
|
|
|
7206 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7207 /*
|
|
|
7208 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7209 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7210 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7211 */
|
|
|
7212 void
|
|
|
7213 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7214 {
|
|
|
7215 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7216 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7217 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7218 {
|
|
|
7219 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7220 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7221 }
|
|
|
7222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7223 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7224 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7225 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7226 {
|
|
|
7227 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7228 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7229 # endif
|
|
|
7230 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7231 }
|
|
|
7232 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7233 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7234 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7235 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7236 {
|
|
|
7237 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7238 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7239 # endif
|
|
|
7240 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7241 }
|
|
|
7242 #endif
|
|
|
7243 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7244 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7245 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7246 {
|
|
|
7247 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7248 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7249 }
|
|
|
7250 #endif
|
|
|
7251 }
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 /*
|
|
|
7254 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7255 */
|
|
|
7256 static int
|
|
|
7257 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7258 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7259 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7260 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7261 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7262 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7263 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7264 {
|
|
|
7265 int idx;
|
|
|
7266
|
|
|
7267 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7268 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7269 {
|
|
|
7270 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7271
|
|
|
7272 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7273 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7274 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7275 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7276 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7277 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7278 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7279 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7280 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7281 }
|
|
|
7282 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7283 }
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 /*
|
|
|
7286 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7287 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7288 */
|
|
|
7289 char_u *
|
|
|
7290 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7291 {
|
|
|
7292 int id;
|
|
|
7293 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7296 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7297 {
|
|
|
7298 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7299 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7300 return s;
|
|
|
7301 }
|
|
|
7302 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7303 }
|
|
|
7304
|
|
|
7305 /*
|
|
|
7306 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7307 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7308 */
|
|
|
7309 void
|
|
|
7310 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7311 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7312 {
|
|
|
7313 int id;
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7316 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7317 {
|
|
|
7318 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7319 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7320 }
|
|
|
7321 }
|
|
|
7322
|
|
|
7323 /*
|
|
|
7324 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7325 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7326 */
|
|
|
7327 void
|
|
|
7328 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7329 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7330 {
|
|
|
7331 int id;
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7334 {
|
|
|
7335 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7336 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7337 {
|
|
|
7338 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7339 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7340 }
|
|
|
7341 }
|
|
|
7342 }
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 /*
|
|
|
7345 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7346 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7347 */
|
|
|
7348 void
|
|
|
7349 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7350 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7351 {
|
|
|
7352 int id;
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7355 {
|
|
|
7356 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7357 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7358 {
|
|
|
7359 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7360 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7361 }
|
|
|
7362 }
|
|
|
7363 }
|
|
|
7364
|
|
|
7365 /*
|
|
|
7366 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7367 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7368 */
|
|
|
7369 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7370 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7371 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7372 {
|
|
|
7373 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7374 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7375
|
|
|
7376 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7377 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7378 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7379 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7382 }
|
|
|
7383
|
|
|
7384 /*
|
|
|
7385 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7386 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7387 */
|
|
|
7388 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7389 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7390 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7391 {
|
|
|
7392 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7393 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7394
|
|
|
7395 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7396 }
|
|
|
7397
|
|
|
7398 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7399 /*
|
|
|
7400 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7401 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7402 */
|
|
|
7403 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7404 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7405 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7406 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7407 {
|
|
|
7408 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7409 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7412 }
|
|
|
7413 # endif
|
|
|
7414
|
|
|
7415 /*
|
|
|
7416 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7417 */
|
|
|
7418 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7419 static void
|
|
|
7420 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7421 int idx;
|
|
|
7422 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7423 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7424 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7425 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7426 {
|
|
|
7427 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7428 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7429 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7430 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7431 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7432 || do_menu
|
|
|
7433 # endif
|
|
|
7434 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7435 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7436 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7437 # endif
|
|
|
7438 )
|
|
|
7439 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7440 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7441 || do_menu
|
|
|
7442 # endif
|
|
|
7443 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7444 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7445 # endif
|
|
|
7446 );
|
|
|
7447 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7448 {
|
|
|
7449 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7450 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7451 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7452 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7453 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7454 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7455 {
|
|
|
7456 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7457 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7458 # else
|
|
|
7459 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7460 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7461 # endif
|
|
|
7462 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7463 }
|
|
|
7464 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7465 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7466 {
|
|
|
7467 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7468 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7469 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7470 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7471 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7472 */
|
|
|
7473 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7474 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7475 }
|
|
|
7476 # endif
|
|
|
7477 # endif
|
|
|
7478 }
|
|
|
7479 else
|
|
|
7480 # endif
|
|
|
7481 {
|
|
|
7482 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7483 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7484 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7485 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7486 {
|
|
|
7487 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7488 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7489 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7490 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7491 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7492 {
|
|
|
7493 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7494 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7495 }
|
|
|
7496 # endif
|
|
|
7497 #endif
|
|
|
7498 }
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500 }
|
|
|
7501
|
|
|
7502 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 /*
|
|
|
7505 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7506 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7507 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7508 */
|
|
298
|
7509 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7512
|
|
298
|
7513 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7516
|
|
|
7517 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7518 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7519
|
|
|
7520 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7521 #endif
|
|
|
7522
|
|
|
7523 /*
|
|
|
7524 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7525 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7526 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7527 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7528 */
|
|
|
7529 static int
|
|
|
7530 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7531 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7532 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7533 {
|
|
|
7534 int i;
|
|
359
|
7535 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7536 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 /*
|
|
|
7539 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7540 */
|
|
|
7541 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7542 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 /*
|
|
|
7545 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7546 */
|
|
|
7547 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7548 {
|
|
359
|
7549 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7550 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7551 && (
|
|
|
7552 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7553 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7554 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7555 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7556 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7557 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7558 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7559 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7560 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7561 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7562 # endif
|
|
|
7563 ))
|
|
|
7564 ||
|
|
|
7565 #endif
|
|
|
7566 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7567 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7568 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7569 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7570 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7571 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7572 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7573 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7574 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7575 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7576 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7577 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7578 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7579 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7580 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7581 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7582 ))
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7585 }
|
|
|
7586
|
|
271
|
7587 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7588 {
|
|
|
7589 /*
|
|
|
7590 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7591 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7592 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7593 */
|
|
|
7594 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7595 {
|
|
|
7596 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7597 return 0;
|
|
|
7598 }
|
|
|
7599 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7600
|
|
359
|
7601 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7602
|
|
7
|
7603 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7606 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7609 }
|
|
|
7610
|
|
|
7611 /*
|
|
|
7612 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7613 */
|
|
|
7614 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7615 return 0;
|
|
|
7616
|
|
359
|
7617 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7618 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7619 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7620 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7621 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7622 {
|
|
359
|
7623 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7624 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7625 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7626 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7627 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7628 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7629 # endif
|
|
|
7630 }
|
|
|
7631 #endif
|
|
|
7632 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7633 {
|
|
|
7634 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7635 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7636 else
|
|
359
|
7637 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7638 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7639 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7640 else
|
|
359
|
7641 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7642 }
|
|
|
7643 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7644 {
|
|
359
|
7645 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7646 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7647 }
|
|
|
7648 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7649 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7650 }
|
|
|
7651
|
|
359
|
7652 /*
|
|
|
7653 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7654 */
|
|
|
7655 void
|
|
|
7656 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7657 {
|
|
|
7658 int i;
|
|
|
7659 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7660
|
|
|
7661 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7662 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7663 #endif
|
|
|
7664 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7665 {
|
|
|
7666 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7667 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7668 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7669 }
|
|
|
7670 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7671 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7672 }
|
|
|
7673
|
|
221
|
7674 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7675 /*
|
|
348
|
7676 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7677 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7678 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7679 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7680 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7681 * result.
|
|
|
7682 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7683 */
|
|
|
7684 int
|
|
348
|
7685 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7686 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7687 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7688 {
|
|
|
7689 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7690 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7691 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7692
|
|
|
7693 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7694 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7695 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7696 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7697 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7698 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7699 {
|
|
|
7700 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7701 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7702 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7703 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7704 else
|
|
|
7705 {
|
|
|
7706 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7707 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7708 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7709 }
|
|
|
7710
|
|
348
|
7711 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7712 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7713 else
|
|
|
7714 {
|
|
348
|
7715 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7716 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7717 {
|
|
|
7718 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7719 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7720 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7721 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7722 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7723 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7724 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7725 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7726 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7727 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7728 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7729 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7730 # endif
|
|
|
7731 }
|
|
|
7732 }
|
|
|
7733 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7734 }
|
|
|
7735 #endif
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7738 {
|
|
|
7739 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7740 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7741 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7742 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7743 else
|
|
|
7744 {
|
|
|
7745 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7746 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7747 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7748 }
|
|
|
7749
|
|
348
|
7750 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7751 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7752 else
|
|
|
7753 {
|
|
348
|
7754 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7755 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7756 {
|
|
|
7757 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7758 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7759 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7760 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7761 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7762 }
|
|
|
7763 }
|
|
|
7764 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7765 }
|
|
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7768 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7769 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7770 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7771 else
|
|
|
7772 {
|
|
|
7773 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7774 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7775 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7776 }
|
|
|
7777
|
|
348
|
7778 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7779 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7780 else
|
|
|
7781 {
|
|
348
|
7782 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7783 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7784 {
|
|
|
7785 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7786 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
7787 {
|
|
|
7788 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
7789 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
7790 }
|
|
|
7791 }
|
|
|
7792 }
|
|
|
7793 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7794 }
|
|
|
7795 #endif
|
|
|
7796
|
|
7
|
7797 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7798
|
|
|
7799 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7800 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7801 int attr;
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7804 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7805 return NULL;
|
|
|
7806 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7807 }
|
|
|
7808
|
|
|
7809 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7812 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7813 int attr;
|
|
|
7814 {
|
|
|
7815 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7816 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7817 return NULL;
|
|
|
7818 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7819 }
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7822 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7823 int attr;
|
|
|
7824 {
|
|
|
7825 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7826 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7827 return NULL;
|
|
|
7828 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7829 }
|
|
|
7830
|
|
|
7831 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7832 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7833 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 static void
|
|
|
7836 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7837 int id;
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7840 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7841
|
|
|
7842 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7845 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7846 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7847 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7848 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7849 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7850
|
|
|
7851 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7852 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7853 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7854 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7855 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7856 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7857
|
|
|
7858 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7859 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7860 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7861 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7862 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7863 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7864 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7865 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
7866 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
7867 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
7868 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7869 #endif
|
|
|
7870
|
|
|
7871 if (sgp->sg_link)
|
|
|
7872 {
|
|
|
7873 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
|
7874 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7875 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7876 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7877 }
|
|
|
7878 }
|
|
|
7879
|
|
|
7880 static int
|
|
|
7881 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7882 int id;
|
|
|
7883 int didh;
|
|
|
7884 int type;
|
|
|
7885 int iarg;
|
|
|
7886 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7887 char *name;
|
|
|
7888 {
|
|
|
7889 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7890 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7891 int i;
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7894 {
|
|
|
7895 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7896 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7897 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7898 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7899 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7900 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7901 {
|
|
|
7902 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7903 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7904 {
|
|
|
7905 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7906 {
|
|
|
7907 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7908 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7909 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7910 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7911 }
|
|
|
7912 }
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
|
7914
|
|
|
7915 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7916 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7917 didh = TRUE;
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7920 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7921 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7922 }
|
|
|
7923 return didh;
|
|
|
7924 }
|
|
|
7925
|
|
|
7926 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7927 /*
|
|
|
7928 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7929 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7930 */
|
|
|
7931 char_u *
|
|
|
7932 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7933 int id;
|
|
|
7934 int flag;
|
|
|
7935 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7936 {
|
|
|
7937 int attr;
|
|
|
7938
|
|
|
7939 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7940 return NULL;
|
|
|
7941
|
|
|
7942 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7943 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7944 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
7945 else
|
|
|
7946 #endif
|
|
|
7947 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7948 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7949 else
|
|
|
7950 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
7951
|
|
|
7952 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
7953 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
7954 return NULL;
|
|
|
7955 }
|
|
|
7956 #endif
|
|
|
7957
|
|
|
7958 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7959 /*
|
|
|
7960 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
7961 */
|
|
|
7962 char_u *
|
|
|
7963 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
7964 int id;
|
|
205
|
7965 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
7966 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7967 {
|
|
|
7968 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
7969 int n;
|
|
205
|
7970 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
7971 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7972 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7973 # endif
|
|
7
|
7974
|
|
|
7975 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7976 return NULL;
|
|
|
7977
|
|
|
7978 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
7979 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
7980 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7981 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
7982 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7983 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7984 {
|
|
|
7985 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
7986 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
7987 {
|
|
|
7988 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7989 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
7990 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
7991
|
|
|
7992 if (fg)
|
|
|
7993 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
7994 else if (sp)
|
|
|
7995 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
7996 else
|
|
|
7997 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7998 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7999 return NULL;
|
|
|
8000 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8001 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
8002 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
8003 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
8004 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
8005 return buf;
|
|
|
8006 }
|
|
|
8007 if (fg)
|
|
|
8008 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
8009 if (sp)
|
|
|
8010 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
8011 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8012 }
|
|
205
|
8013 # endif
|
|
7
|
8014 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8015 {
|
|
|
8016 if (fg)
|
|
|
8017 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
8018 else
|
|
|
8019 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
8020 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
8021 return name;
|
|
|
8022 }
|
|
|
8023 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
8024 return NULL;
|
|
|
8025 }
|
|
|
8026 #endif
|
|
|
8027
|
|
|
8028 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
8029 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8030 /*
|
|
|
8031 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
8032 */
|
|
|
8033 long_u
|
|
|
8034 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
8035 int id;
|
|
|
8036 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
8037 {
|
|
|
8038 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8039
|
|
|
8040 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8041 return 0L;
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 if (fg)
|
|
|
8044 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8045 else
|
|
|
8046 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8049 return 0L;
|
|
|
8050
|
|
|
8051 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8052 }
|
|
|
8053 #endif
|
|
|
8054
|
|
|
8055 /*
|
|
|
8056 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8057 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8058 */
|
|
|
8059 static int
|
|
|
8060 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8061 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8062 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8063 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8064 {
|
|
|
8065 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8066 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8067
|
|
|
8068 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8069 {
|
|
|
8070 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
8071 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8072 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8073 }
|
|
|
8074 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
|
8075 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
8076 else
|
|
|
8077 {
|
|
|
8078 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8079 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8080 }
|
|
|
8081
|
|
|
8082 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8083 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8084 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8085 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8086
|
|
|
8087 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8088
|
|
|
8089 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8090 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8091 {
|
|
|
8092 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8093 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8094 }
|
|
|
8095
|
|
|
8096 return newline;
|
|
|
8097 }
|
|
|
8098
|
|
|
8099 /*
|
|
|
8100 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8101 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8102 */
|
|
|
8103 static void
|
|
|
8104 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8105 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8106 {
|
|
|
8107 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8108 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8109
|
|
|
8110 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8111 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8112 return;
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8115 /*
|
|
|
8116 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8117 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8118 */
|
|
|
8119 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8120 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8121 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8122 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8123 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8124 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8125 # endif
|
|
|
8126 )
|
|
|
8127 {
|
|
|
8128 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8129 }
|
|
|
8130 else
|
|
|
8131 {
|
|
|
8132 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8133 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8134 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8135 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8136 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8137 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8138 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8139 # endif
|
|
|
8140 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8141 }
|
|
|
8142 #endif
|
|
|
8143 /*
|
|
|
8144 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8145 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8146 */
|
|
|
8147 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8148 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8149 else
|
|
|
8150 {
|
|
|
8151 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8152 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8153 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8154 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8155 }
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 /*
|
|
|
8158 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8159 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8160 */
|
|
|
8161 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8162 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8163 else
|
|
|
8164 {
|
|
|
8165 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8166 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8167 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8168 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8169 }
|
|
|
8170 }
|
|
|
8171
|
|
|
8172 /*
|
|
|
8173 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8174 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8175 */
|
|
|
8176 int
|
|
|
8177 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8178 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8179 {
|
|
|
8180 int i;
|
|
|
8181 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8182
|
|
|
8183 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8184 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8185 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
419
|
8186 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
7
|
8187 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8188 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8189 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8190 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8191 break;
|
|
|
8192 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8193 }
|
|
|
8194
|
|
|
8195 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8196 /*
|
|
|
8197 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8198 */
|
|
|
8199 int
|
|
|
8200 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8201 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8202 {
|
|
|
8203 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8204 }
|
|
|
8205 #endif
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 /*
|
|
|
8208 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8209 */
|
|
|
8210 int
|
|
|
8211 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8212 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8213 int len;
|
|
|
8214 {
|
|
|
8215 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8216 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8217
|
|
|
8218 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8219 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8220 {
|
|
|
8221 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8222 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8223 }
|
|
|
8224 return id;
|
|
|
8225 }
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 /*
|
|
|
8228 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8229 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8230 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8231 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8232 */
|
|
|
8233 int
|
|
|
8234 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8235 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8236 int len;
|
|
|
8237 {
|
|
|
8238 int id;
|
|
|
8239 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8240
|
|
|
8241 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8242 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8243 return 0;
|
|
|
8244
|
|
|
8245 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8246 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8247 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8248 else
|
|
|
8249 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8250 return id;
|
|
|
8251 }
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 /*
|
|
|
8254 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8255 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8256 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8257 */
|
|
|
8258 static int
|
|
|
8259 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8260 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8261 {
|
|
|
8262 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8263
|
|
|
8264 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8265 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8266 {
|
|
|
8267 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8268 {
|
|
|
8269 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8270 return 0;
|
|
|
8271 }
|
|
|
8272 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8273 {
|
|
|
8274 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8275 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8276 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8277 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8278 break;
|
|
|
8279 }
|
|
|
8280 }
|
|
|
8281
|
|
|
8282 /*
|
|
|
8283 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8284 */
|
|
|
8285 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8286 {
|
|
|
8287 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8288 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8289 }
|
|
|
8290
|
|
|
8291 /*
|
|
|
8292 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8293 */
|
|
|
8294 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8295 {
|
|
|
8296 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8297 return 0;
|
|
|
8298 }
|
|
|
8299
|
|
|
8300 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8301 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8302 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8303 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8304 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8305 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8306 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8307 #endif
|
|
|
8308 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8309
|
|
|
8310 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8311 }
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 /*
|
|
|
8314 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8315 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8316 */
|
|
|
8317 static void
|
|
|
8318 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8319 {
|
|
|
8320 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8321 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8322 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8323 }
|
|
|
8324
|
|
|
8325 /*
|
|
|
8326 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8327 */
|
|
|
8328 int
|
|
|
8329 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8330 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8331 {
|
|
|
8332 int attr;
|
|
|
8333 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8336 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8339 /*
|
|
|
8340 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8341 */
|
|
|
8342 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8343 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8344 else
|
|
|
8345 #endif
|
|
|
8346 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8347 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8348 else
|
|
|
8349 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8350
|
|
|
8351 return attr;
|
|
|
8352 }
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8355 /*
|
|
|
8356 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8357 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8358 */
|
|
|
8359 int
|
|
|
8360 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8361 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8362 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8363 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8364 {
|
|
|
8365 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8366
|
|
|
8367 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8368 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8371 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8372 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8373 }
|
|
|
8374 #endif
|
|
|
8375
|
|
|
8376 /*
|
|
|
8377 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8378 */
|
|
|
8379 int
|
|
|
8380 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8381 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8382 {
|
|
|
8383 int count;
|
|
|
8384 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8385
|
|
|
8386 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8387 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8388
|
|
|
8389 /*
|
|
|
8390 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8391 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8392 */
|
|
|
8393 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8394 {
|
|
|
8395 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8396 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8397 break;
|
|
|
8398 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8399 }
|
|
|
8400
|
|
|
8401 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8402 }
|
|
|
8403
|
|
|
8404 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8405 /*
|
|
|
8406 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8407 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8408 */
|
|
|
8409 void
|
|
|
8410 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8411 {
|
|
|
8412 int idx;
|
|
|
8413
|
|
|
8414 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8415 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8416
|
|
|
8417 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8418 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8419
|
|
|
8420 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8421 }
|
|
|
8422
|
|
|
8423 static void
|
|
|
8424 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8425 int idx;
|
|
|
8426 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8427 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8428 {
|
|
|
8429 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8430
|
|
|
8431 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8432 {
|
|
|
8433 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8434 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8435 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8436 }
|
|
|
8437 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8438 {
|
|
|
8439 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8440 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8441 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8442 }
|
|
|
8443 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8444 {
|
|
|
8445 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8446 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8447 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8448 }
|
|
205
|
8449 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8450 {
|
|
|
8451 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8452 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8453 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8454 }
|
|
7
|
8455 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8456 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8457 }
|
|
|
8458
|
|
|
8459 #endif
|
|
|
8460
|
|
|
8461 /*
|
|
|
8462 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8463 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8464 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8465 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8466 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8467 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8468 */
|
|
|
8469 int
|
|
|
8470 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8471 {
|
|
|
8472 int hlf;
|
|
|
8473 int i;
|
|
|
8474 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8475 int attr;
|
|
|
8476 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8477 int id;
|
|
|
8478 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8479 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8480 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8481 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8482 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8483 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8484 # endif
|
|
|
8485 #endif
|
|
|
8486 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8487
|
|
|
8488 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8489
|
|
|
8490 /*
|
|
|
8491 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8492 */
|
|
|
8493 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8494 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8495
|
|
|
8496 /*
|
|
|
8497 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8498 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8499 */
|
|
|
8500 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8501 {
|
|
|
8502 if (i)
|
|
|
8503 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8504 else
|
|
|
8505 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8506 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8507 continue;
|
|
|
8508
|
|
|
8509 while (*p)
|
|
|
8510 {
|
|
|
8511 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8512 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8513 break;
|
|
|
8514 ++p;
|
|
|
8515 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8516 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8517
|
|
|
8518 /*
|
|
|
8519 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8520 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8521 */
|
|
|
8522 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8523 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8524 {
|
|
|
8525 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8526 continue;
|
|
|
8527
|
|
|
8528 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8529 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8532 {
|
|
|
8533 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8534 break;
|
|
|
8535 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8536 break;
|
|
|
8537 case '-':
|
|
|
8538 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8539 break;
|
|
|
8540 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8541 break;
|
|
|
8542 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8543 break;
|
|
|
8544 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8545 break;
|
|
205
|
8546 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8547 break;
|
|
7
|
8548 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8549 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8550 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8551 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8552 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8553 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8554 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8555 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8556 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8557 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8558 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8559 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8560 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8561 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8562 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8563 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8564 #endif
|
|
|
8565 break;
|
|
|
8566 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8567 }
|
|
|
8568 }
|
|
|
8569 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8572 }
|
|
|
8573 }
|
|
|
8574
|
|
|
8575 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8576 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8577 *
|
|
|
8578 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8579 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8580 */
|
|
|
8581 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8582 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8583 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8584 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8585 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8586 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8587 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8588 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8589 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8590 }
|
|
|
8591 # endif
|
|
|
8592 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8593 {
|
|
|
8594 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8595 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8596 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8597 {
|
|
|
8598 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8599 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8600 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8601 # endif
|
|
|
8602 }
|
|
|
8603 else
|
|
|
8604 {
|
|
|
8605 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8606 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8607 # endif
|
|
|
8608
|
|
|
8609 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8610 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8611 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8612 {
|
|
|
8613 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8614 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8615 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8616 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8617 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8618 # endif
|
|
|
8619 }
|
|
|
8620 else
|
|
|
8621 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8622 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8623 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8624 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8627 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8628 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8629 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8630 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8631 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8632 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8633 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8634 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8635 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8636 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8637 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8638 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8639 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8640 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8641 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8642 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8643 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8644 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8645 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8646 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
8647 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8648 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8649 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8650 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8651 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8652 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8653 # endif
|
|
|
8654 # endif
|
|
|
8655 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8656 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8657 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8658 # endif
|
|
|
8659 }
|
|
|
8660 }
|
|
|
8661 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8662 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8663 # endif
|
|
|
8664
|
|
|
8665 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8666
|
|
|
8667 return OK;
|
|
|
8668 }
|
|
|
8669
|
|
|
8670 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8671
|
|
|
8672 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8673 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8674
|
|
|
8675 /*
|
|
|
8676 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8677 */
|
|
|
8678 void
|
|
|
8679 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8680 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8681 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8682 {
|
|
|
8683 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8684
|
|
|
8685 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8686 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8687 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8688 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8689 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8690
|
|
|
8691 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8692 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8693 {
|
|
|
8694 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8695 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8696 {
|
|
|
8697 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8698 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8699 {
|
|
|
8700 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8701 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8702 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8703 }
|
|
|
8704 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8705 {
|
|
|
8706 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8707 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8708 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8709 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8710 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8711 {
|
|
|
8712 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8713 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8714 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8715 {
|
|
|
8716 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8717 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8718 }
|
|
|
8719 }
|
|
|
8720 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8721 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8722 }
|
|
|
8723 }
|
|
|
8724 }
|
|
|
8725 }
|
|
|
8726
|
|
|
8727 /*
|
|
|
8728 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8729 */
|
|
|
8730 static void
|
|
|
8731 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8732 {
|
|
|
8733 int i;
|
|
|
8734
|
|
|
8735 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8736 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8737 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8738 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8739 }
|
|
|
8740
|
|
|
8741 static void
|
|
|
8742 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8743 int cnt;
|
|
|
8744 int attr;
|
|
|
8745 {
|
|
|
8746 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8747 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8748 out_flush();
|
|
|
8749 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8750 }
|
|
|
8751
|
|
|
8752 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8753
|
|
|
8754 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8755 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8756 /*
|
|
|
8757 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8758 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8759 */
|
|
|
8760 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8761 char_u *
|
|
|
8762 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8763 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8764 int idx;
|
|
|
8765 {
|
|
|
8766 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8767 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8768 && include_link
|
|
|
8769 #endif
|
|
|
8770 )
|
|
|
8771 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8772 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8773 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8774 && include_link
|
|
|
8775 #endif
|
|
|
8776 )
|
|
|
8777 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8778 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8779 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8780 && include_default
|
|
|
8781 #endif
|
|
|
8782 )
|
|
|
8783 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8784 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8785 return NULL;
|
|
|
8786 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8787 }
|
|
|
8788 #endif
|
|
|
8789
|
|
|
8790 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8791 /*
|
|
|
8792 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8793 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8794 */
|
|
|
8795 void
|
|
|
8796 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8797 {
|
|
|
8798 int idx;
|
|
|
8799
|
|
|
8800 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8801 {
|
|
|
8802 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8803 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8804 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8805 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8806 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8807 # endif
|
|
|
8808 }
|
|
|
8809
|
|
|
8810 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8811 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8812 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8813 # endif
|
|
|
8814 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8815 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8816 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8817 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8818 # endif
|
|
|
8819 }
|
|
|
8820 #endif
|
|
|
8821
|
|
|
8822 /**************************************
|
|
|
8823 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8824 **************************************/
|
